1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
86 \paragraph_separation indent
88 \quotes_language english
91 \paperpagestyle default
92 \tracking_changes false
110 \begin_layout Standard
112 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
115 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
123 \begin_layout Standard
124 \begin_inset Note Note
127 \begin_layout Standard
128 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
135 \begin_layout Standard
136 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
144 \begin_layout Standard
145 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
152 \begin_layout Chapter
156 \begin_layout Section
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 LyX is a document preparation system.
162 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
163 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
164 It is unlike most other
165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
172 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
174 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
186 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
195 \begin_layout Standard
196 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
213 \begin_layout Standard
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
227 the format of all of the manuals.
228 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
229 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 \begin_layout Section
250 \begin_layout Subsection
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
261 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
263 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
264 already done that in the
269 Check there for more info.
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
276 \begin_layout Standard
277 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
278 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
279 More on that in a bit.
282 \begin_layout Subsection
286 \begin_layout Standard
287 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
289 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
290 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
292 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
298 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
312 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
317 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
318 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
320 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
321 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 \begin_layout Standard
325 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
326 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
327 This, however, is due
328 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
329 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
330 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
331 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
333 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
334 this doesn't work for equations yet.
337 \begin_layout Subsection
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
343 commercial applications.
348 \begin_layout Standard
349 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
354 of the manuals from inside LyX.
355 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Standard
366 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
367 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
368 Here's what one of our authors,
372 , once said about manuals:
375 \begin_layout Quotation
379 \begin_layout Quotation
380 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
381 They are aggravating.
382 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
383 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
384 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
385 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
386 then they should sit down and learn
390 they start up a major piece of software.
393 \begin_layout Quotation
394 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
396 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
397 and intimidated, not stupid.
398 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
399 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
402 \begin_layout Standard
405 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
406 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
407 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
408 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
412 \begin_layout Section
416 \begin_layout Subsection
417 Basic File Operations
420 \begin_layout Standard
428 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
429 more advanced operations:
432 \begin_layout Itemize
441 \begin_layout Itemize
453 \begin_layout Itemize
462 \begin_layout Itemize
471 \begin_layout Itemize
480 \begin_layout Itemize
491 \begin_layout Itemize
500 \begin_layout Itemize
509 \begin_layout Itemize
519 \begin_layout Standard
520 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
521 a few minor differences.
527 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
536 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
537 you for a template to use.
538 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
539 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
540 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
543 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
544 reference "sec:doc-classes"
551 \begin_layout Standard
553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
576 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
577 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
580 \begin_layout Standard
588 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
593 \begin_layout Standard
594 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
607 It will simply reload the document from disk.
608 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
609 and want to restore it to the last save.
612 \begin_layout Standard
613 The second matter of note concerns the commands
618 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
630 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
646 to save us all from our own stupidity.
647 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
648 be informed that there are unsaved files.
651 \begin_layout Subsection
652 Basic Editing Features
655 \begin_layout Standard
656 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
657 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
658 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
659 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
661 We'll start with cut and paste.
664 \begin_layout Standard
665 As you might expect, the
672 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
673 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Itemize
703 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
707 \begin_layout Standard
708 The first three are self-explanatory.
709 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
710 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
719 keys also functions as the
724 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
725 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
726 it with what you just typed.
734 to get back the lost text.
737 \begin_layout Standard
743 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
750 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
760 The text you want to find goes in the
769 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
777 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
787 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
790 \begin_layout Standard
802 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
805 \begin_layout Standard
815 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
817 If the toggle is set, searching for
818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
829 will not match the word
830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
844 \begin_layout Standard
853 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 \begin_layout Subsection
897 \begin_layout Standard
898 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
899 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
905 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
912 to undo some mistake.
913 If you accidently undo too much, use
918 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
933 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
938 \begin_layout Standard
939 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
940 it was last saved, the
941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
948 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
949 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
952 \begin_layout Standard
967 work on almost everything in LyX.
968 They have some quirks, too.
983 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
984 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
998 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
999 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1002 \begin_layout Subsection
1003 Basic Mouse Bindings
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1007 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1008 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1009 can do with the mouse.
1010 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1013 \begin_layout Enumerate
1018 \begin_layout Itemize
1023 once anywhere in the edit window.
1024 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1028 \begin_layout Enumerate
1033 \begin_layout Itemize
1039 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1045 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1048 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1051 \begin_layout Itemize
1052 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1057 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1064 \begin_layout Enumerate
1065 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1069 \begin_layout Standard
1074 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1075 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1079 \begin_layout Enumerate
1084 \begin_layout Standard
1089 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1094 \begin_layout Subsection
1096 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1097 name "sec: key bindings"
1104 \begin_layout Standard
1105 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1106 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1108 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1109 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1112 \begin_layout Standard
1139 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1143 \begin_layout Labeling
1144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1149 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1150 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1151 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1152 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1157 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1158 reference "sec:par-environments"
1162 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1164 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1165 reference "sec:parenvlists"
1171 If you're still confused, look in the
1178 \begin_layout Labeling
1179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1192 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1193 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1196 \begin_layout Labeling
1197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1208 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1209 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1213 \begin_layout Labeling
1214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1229 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1233 works as expected and
1237 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1243 by that, go read section
1244 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1245 reference "sec:x-win-keys"
1250 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1254 \begin_layout Standard
1255 Then there are the modifier keys:
1258 \begin_layout Labeling
1259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1264 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1265 in combination with:
1269 \begin_layout Itemize
1278 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1281 \begin_layout Itemize
1290 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1293 \begin_layout Itemize
1302 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1306 \begin_layout Labeling
1307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1312 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1313 and new cursor positions.
1316 \begin_layout Labeling
1317 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1322 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1324 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1325 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1326 one actually performs the
1331 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1333 menu accelerator keys
1336 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1337 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1342 For example, the sequence
1343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1386 \begin_layout Standard
1387 There are also other things bound to the
1391 key, but you'll have to check in the
1403 \begin_layout Standard
1404 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1405 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1406 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1407 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1408 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1409 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1410 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1426 followed by a capital
1432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1450 \begin_layout Section
1451 Using LyX with Other Programs
1454 \begin_layout Subsection
1455 Importing plain text files
1458 \begin_layout Standard
1459 You can import text from an plain text file using the
1464 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1469 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1484 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1489 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1502 \begin_layout Standard
1508 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1513 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1522 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1523 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1524 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1525 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1528 \begin_layout Standard
1534 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1539 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1549 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1550 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1556 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1562 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1563 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1564 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1568 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1569 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1572 \begin_layout Subsection
1573 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1589 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1590 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1591 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1592 text with the middle mouse button.
1596 \begin_layout Standard
1597 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1598 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1599 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1602 \begin_layout Chapter
1603 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1606 \begin_layout Section
1610 \begin_layout Standard
1611 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1612 can safely skip this chapter.
1613 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1614 distributed with it.
1617 \begin_layout Standard
1618 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1620 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1627 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1640 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1641 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1643 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1647 \begin_layout Standard
1648 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1649 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1657 \begin_layout Section
1659 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1667 \begin_layout Standard
1668 There are two ways to run LyX.
1669 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1670 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1671 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1679 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1680 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1681 are put in the correct places.
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1686 without resorting to configuration files.
1687 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1688 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1689 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1694 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1695 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1696 which are not seen by LyX.
1697 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1702 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1710 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1711 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1712 about what has been found under
1717 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1728 \begin_layout Standard
1729 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1730 document-level setting that you can change via the
1735 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1743 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1744 taste and save them with the
1751 Document\InsetSpace ~
1762 This will create a template named
1766 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1767 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1770 \begin_layout Standard
1771 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1772 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1777 It will then attempt to read a file called
1785 \begin_layout Standard
1790 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1791 This directory is called LyX's
1796 To find out where it is, use
1801 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1808 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1827 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1834 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1838 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1842 \begin_layout Section
1843 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1844 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1845 name "sec:x-win-keys"
1852 \begin_layout Standard
1853 To use LyX properly, X
1857 be set up correctly.
1858 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1859 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1860 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1861 you must do this yourself.
1862 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1863 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1864 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1867 \begin_layout Subsection
1868 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1871 \begin_layout Standard
1872 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1873 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1875 If you don't have them, install them.
1878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1882 \begin_layout Standard
1883 This document contains no information on how to use
1897 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1899 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1902 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1926 \begin_layout Standard
1927 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1928 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1929 output in a form readable by
1934 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1938 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1941 \begin_layout Subsection
1942 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1945 \begin_layout Standard
1946 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1959 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1963 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1965 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1973 ) or as a prefix key.
1974 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1981 \begin_layout Itemize
1987 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1993 \begin_layout Itemize
1999 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2005 \begin_layout Itemize
2011 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2017 \begin_layout Itemize
2023 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2029 \begin_layout Standard
2030 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2031 only from time to time.
2032 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2033 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2036 \begin_layout Subsection
2037 Helpful Hints and Tips
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2041 First, open up two xterminals.
2042 Use one to edit a new
2055 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2060 to output the new keymap.
2065 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2066 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2070 file, and you're done.
2074 \begin_layout Standard
2075 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2080 This will create a usable map file.
2088 \begin_layout Standard
2089 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2090 Try executing the command
2095 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2098 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2100 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2101 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2109 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2122 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2123 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2132 to the same operation.
2134 Other programs, however, use
2142 for different operations.
2143 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2151 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2154 \begin_layout Section
2158 \begin_layout Standard
2159 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2164 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2167 \begin_layout Standard
2168 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2169 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2174 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2175 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2186 That's how you pronounce
2187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2202 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2223 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2231 format, or Dvi, for short.
2232 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2233 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2235 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2239 \begin_layout Standard
2240 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2241 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2242 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2245 \begin_layout Standard
2246 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2247 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2248 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2249 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2250 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2253 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
2254 target "http://www.ctan.org"
2259 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2267 \begin_layout Section
2268 Dvips and Ghostscript
2271 \begin_layout Subsection
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2276 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2277 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2279 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2283 \begin_layout Itemize
2289 \begin_layout Itemize
2295 \begin_layout Itemize
2301 \begin_layout Itemize
2307 \begin_layout Standard
2308 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2313 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2314 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2321 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2322 with LaTeX and should read the
2326 document before proceeding further.
2331 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2333 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2334 the PostScript through
2338 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2339 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2340 every time you print.
2341 For now, we'll concentrate on
2348 \begin_layout Subsection
2350 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2351 name "sec:dvipsconfig"
2358 \begin_layout Standard
2359 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2360 you should configure
2370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2377 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2379 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2393 set up to send output to the default printer.
2394 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2397 \begin_layout Standard
2398 If you are not in a mood to configure
2402 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2403 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2404 expect from your printer.
2405 At least, it will print.
2408 \begin_layout Standard
2409 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2410 on Linux), you should run the program
2415 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2419 you should then select menu entry
2424 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2433 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2437 how to automagically convert a
2445 file adapted to printer
2449 , you need to have a config-file,
2450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2461 lying around somewhere.
2472 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2474 in most TeX distributions.
2475 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2476 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2488 It'll be there somewhere.
2491 \begin_layout Standard
2492 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2497 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2505 \begin_layout Standard
2506 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2517 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2523 containing only the relevant lines.
2527 \begin_layout Standard
2528 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2529 There may exist a line that looks like,
2530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2541 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2555 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2560 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2584 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2586 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2587 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2588 best possible result on your printer.
2589 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2594 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2598 \begin_layout Standard
2599 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2600 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2601 To do this, you should launch the
2610 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2621 tab, and set the entries
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2637 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2648 environment variable.
2649 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2651 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2656 \begin_layout Standard
2657 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2661 as a filter for your print spooler.
2662 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2663 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Some people don't seem to like using the
2676 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2677 into your printer language.
2678 You can specify this program in the
2683 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2684 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2685 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2686 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2698 \begin_layout Subsection
2699 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2702 \begin_layout Standard
2716 files, while the later interfaces with
2720 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2724 A quick note on both of these programs.
2725 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2729 \begin_layout Standard
2738 file, not the files used to make these.
2744 You can also force an update.
2745 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2747 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2751 \begin_layout Standard
2752 The LyX team recommends using
2756 for fine tuning documents.
2757 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2758 you can view the changes.
2762 \begin_layout Enumerate
2767 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2770 \begin_layout Enumerate
2771 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2774 \begin_layout Enumerate
2775 To view those changes, just choose
2780 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2785 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2793 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2804 \begin_layout Standard
2805 Now, this doesn't mean
2814 is better suited to those occasions where you
2818 view the PostScript version of the document.
2819 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2825 There is an alternative to
2829 which sports a much better interface:
2834 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2841 \begin_layout Section
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2849 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2850 printers set up for your system.
2851 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2856 as described in the last section.
2859 \begin_layout Standard
2862 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2863 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2865 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2866 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2869 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2870 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2871 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2890 \begin_layout Chapter
2894 \begin_layout Section
2898 \begin_layout Subsection
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2903 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2908 of document you want to edit.
2909 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2910 numbering schemes, and so on.
2911 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2912 and format the title of your document differently.
2915 \begin_layout Standard
2920 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2921 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2922 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2923 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2924 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2927 \begin_layout Standard
2928 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2929 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2932 \begin_layout Subsection
2933 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2934 name "sec:doc-classes"
2938 The Various Document Classes
2941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2945 \begin_layout Standard
2946 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2950 \begin_layout Description
2951 Article for basic articles
2954 \begin_layout Description
2955 Report for basic reports
2958 \begin_layout Description
2959 Book for writing a book
2962 \begin_layout Description
2963 Letter for US-style letters
2966 \begin_layout Description
2967 Slides is used to make transparencies
2970 \begin_layout Standard
2971 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2972 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2975 \begin_layout Description
2976 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2980 \begin_layout Description
2981 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2982 Mathematical Society].
2983 There are three amsart layouts available.
2984 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2988 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2989 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2990 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2995 sequential numbering
2996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2999 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
3000 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
3001 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3002 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3005 \begin_layout Description
3006 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3007 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3008 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3009 that you would need to number results.
3012 \begin_layout Description
3013 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3016 \begin_layout Description
3017 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3022 \begin_layout Description
3023 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3024 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3025 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3027 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3034 \begin_layout Description
3035 Paper for use with the
3039 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3042 \begin_layout Description
3043 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3044 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3046 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3049 \begin_layout Standard
3050 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3052 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3057 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3058 of the document classes.
3061 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3065 \begin_layout Standard
3066 You can select a class using the
3073 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3079 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3087 \begin_layout Standard
3088 Each class has a default set of options.
3089 Here's a quick table describing them:
3092 \begin_layout Standard
3093 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3101 \begin_inset Tabular
3102 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3109 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Standard
3119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3122 \begin_layout Standard
3137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3158 \begin_layout Standard
3173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3176 \begin_layout Standard
3192 <row topline="true">
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Standard
3210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3213 \begin_layout Standard
3228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3231 \begin_layout Standard
3246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3249 \begin_layout Standard
3264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3267 \begin_layout Standard
3283 <row topline="true">
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Standard
3301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3304 \begin_layout Standard
3319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3322 \begin_layout Standard
3337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3340 \begin_layout Standard
3355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3358 \begin_layout Standard
3374 <row topline="true">
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Standard
3392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3413 \begin_layout Standard
3428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3431 \begin_layout Standard
3446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3465 <row topline="true">
3466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3469 \begin_layout Standard
3483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3486 \begin_layout Standard
3501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3504 \begin_layout Standard
3519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3522 \begin_layout Standard
3537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3540 \begin_layout Standard
3555 <row topline="true">
3556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3559 \begin_layout Standard
3573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3576 \begin_layout Standard
3591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3594 \begin_layout Standard
3609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3612 \begin_layout Standard
3627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3646 <row topline="true">
3647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3667 \begin_layout Standard
3682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3703 \begin_layout Standard
3718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3721 \begin_layout Standard
3737 <row topline="true">
3738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3741 \begin_layout Standard
3755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3758 \begin_layout Standard
3773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3776 \begin_layout Standard
3791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3794 \begin_layout Standard
3809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3828 <row topline="true">
3829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3849 \begin_layout Standard
3864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3867 \begin_layout Standard
3882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3885 \begin_layout Standard
3900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3903 \begin_layout Standard
3918 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3939 \begin_layout Standard
3954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3957 \begin_layout Standard
3972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3975 \begin_layout Standard
3990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3993 \begin_layout Standard
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4017 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 There is no default value of
4033 for any of these classes.
4037 \begin_layout Standard
4038 You're probably also wondering what
4039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4048 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4049 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4054 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4059 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4069 headings, there are also
4077 headings, and so on.
4078 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4079 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4080 reference "sec:parenvheadings"
4087 \begin_layout Subsection
4088 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4108 That's what this section is for.
4111 \begin_layout Labeling
4112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4120 This is another list, containing five options.
4121 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4125 \begin_layout Standard
4126 LaTeX does this part.
4135 \begin_layout Labeling
4136 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4141 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4144 \begin_layout Labeling
4145 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4150 No page numbers or headings.
4153 \begin_layout Labeling
4154 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4162 \begin_layout Labeling
4163 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4168 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4169 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4170 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4173 \begin_layout Labeling
4174 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4179 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4185 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4186 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4188 Check the documentation for the
4192 package for more details.
4196 \begin_layout Labeling
4197 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4202 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4203 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4209 have a printer that duplexes
4213 \begin_layout Standard
4215 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4220 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4221 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4225 \begin_layout Standard
4226 There are two radio buttons here:
4230 for single-sided documents,
4234 for double-sided documents.
4238 \begin_layout Labeling
4239 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4244 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4245 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4253 for the number of columns.
4258 \begin_layout Standard
4259 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4260 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4265 be two columns in the generated output.
4269 \begin_layout Labeling
4270 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4286 takes several options.
4287 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4288 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4289 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4290 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4294 \begin_layout Labeling
4295 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4300 This has its own section.
4303 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4304 reference "sec:parindentintro"
4308 for a description of what this does.
4311 \begin_layout Subsection
4312 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4315 \begin_layout Standard
4316 There are several other options to set in the
4318 Document\InsetSpace ~
4322 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4323 affect certain features.
4324 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4325 features they affect.
4328 \begin_layout Standard
4329 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4330 we'll describe them here.
4331 You'll find them in the
4342 \begin_layout Labeling
4343 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4348 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4366 \begin_layout Labeling
4367 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4376 What size paper to print on.
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4397 \begin_layout Itemize
4403 \begin_layout Itemize
4409 \begin_layout Itemize
4415 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 \begin_layout Itemize
4428 \begin_layout Standard
4429 Some of these settings require you to have the
4434 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4441 \begin_layout Subsection
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4446 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4451 That includes the paragraph environments.
4452 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4454 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4455 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4456 paragraph environments to
4460 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4461 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4462 the conversion and why it failed.
4465 \begin_layout Section
4466 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4469 \begin_layout Subsection
4471 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4472 name "sec:parindentintro"
4479 \begin_layout Standard
4480 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4481 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4486 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4487 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4488 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4493 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4499 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4500 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4501 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4505 \begin_layout Standard
4506 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4507 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4512 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4521 \begin_layout Standard
4522 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4523 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4525 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4526 LyX takes care of that.
4527 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4529 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4530 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4531 of a page, and so on.
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4541 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4542 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4546 of these pre-coded spacings.
4547 We'll explain more later.
4550 \begin_layout Subsection
4551 Global Indentation Method
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4555 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4570 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4573 \begin_layout Subsection
4577 \begin_layout Standard
4578 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4584 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4589 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4592 dialog and toggle the
4599 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4600 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4601 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4602 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4608 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4609 Typically, you'll select
4624 for the entire document and edit away.
4627 \begin_layout Subsection
4628 Changing Line Spacing
4631 \begin_layout Standard
4637 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4644 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4651 \begin_layout Section
4652 Paragraph Environments
4653 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4654 name "sec:par-environments"
4661 \begin_layout Subsection
4665 \begin_layout Standard
4666 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4693 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4694 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4695 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4704 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4707 \begin_layout Standard
4708 A paragraph environment is simply a
4709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4716 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4717 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4718 scheme, labels, and so on.
4719 Additionally, you can
4720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4727 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4728 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4729 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4730 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4731 days of typewriters.
4732 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4734 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4740 LyX will change the environment of the
4744 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4745 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4746 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4750 \begin_layout Standard
4759 create a new paragraph using the
4763 paragraph environment.
4765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4772 because this isn't always the case.
4776 \begin_layout Standard
4777 If you are in one of these environments:
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4795 \begin_layout Standard
4809 \begin_layout Itemize
4815 \begin_layout Itemize
4821 \begin_layout Standard
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4837 \begin_layout Itemize
4843 \begin_layout Itemize
4849 \begin_layout Standard
4853 \begin_layout Standard
4865 \begin_layout Itemize
4871 \begin_layout Itemize
4877 \begin_layout Standard
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4893 \begin_layout Itemize
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4903 \begin_layout Standard
4913 \begin_layout Standard
4914 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4918 , rather than resetting it to
4923 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4928 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4929 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4930 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4931 reference "sec:nest"
4936 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4941 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4942 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4950 \begin_layout Subsection
4954 \begin_layout Standard
4955 The default paragraph environment is
4960 It creates a plain paragraph.
4961 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4962 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4963 this manual] are in the
4970 \begin_layout Standard
4971 You can nest a paragraph using the
4975 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4983 \begin_layout Subsection
4987 \begin_layout Standard
4988 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4997 for thanks or contact information.
4998 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4999 page along with today's date.
5000 For other types of documents, the title
5001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5008 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
5012 \begin_layout Standard
5013 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5027 Here's how you use them:
5030 \begin_layout Itemize
5031 Put the title of your document in the
5038 \begin_layout Itemize
5039 Put the author name in the
5046 \begin_layout Itemize
5047 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5048 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5054 Note that using this environment is optional.
5055 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5058 \begin_layout Standard
5059 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5060 You can use footnotes to insert
5061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5068 or contact information.
5071 \begin_layout Subsection
5073 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5074 name "sec:parenvheadings"
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5082 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5083 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5084 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5088 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5094 \begin_inset Note Note
5097 \begin_layout Standard
5098 Why no mention of Part ?
5106 \begin_layout Enumerate
5112 \begin_layout Enumerate
5118 \begin_layout Enumerate
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 \begin_layout Enumerate
5136 \begin_layout Enumerate
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5144 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5145 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5146 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5147 You group the book into chapters.
5148 LyX does similar grouping:
5151 \begin_layout Itemize
5160 is the maximum sectioning level.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5175 \begin_layout Itemize
5187 \begin_layout Itemize
5199 \begin_layout Itemize
5211 \begin_layout Itemize
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5228 not all document types use the
5232 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5237 is the top-level heading.
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5245 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5246 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5248 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5265 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5269 \begin_layout Enumerate
5275 \begin_layout Enumerate
5281 \begin_layout Enumerate
5287 \begin_layout Standard
5289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5296 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5297 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5300 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5301 Changing the Numbering
5302 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5303 name "sub:section-depth"
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5312 in the Table of Contents.
5313 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5315 Certain classes start with
5329 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5339 This is something you can change.
5342 \begin_layout Standard
5348 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5356 You should see a counter labelled
5358 Section\InsetSpace ~
5367 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5369 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5370 here's a table of values and what they do:
5373 \begin_layout Standard
5374 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5380 \begin_layout Standard
5382 \begin_inset Tabular
5383 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5387 <row topline="true">
5388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5391 \begin_layout Standard
5408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5411 \begin_layout Standard
5426 <row bottomline="true">
5427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5430 \begin_layout Standard
5444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5447 \begin_layout Standard
5462 <row topline="true">
5463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5492 no numbering of any kind
5498 <row topline="true">
5499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5502 \begin_layout Standard
5516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5539 <row topline="true">
5540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5543 \begin_layout Standard
5557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5560 \begin_layout Standard
5576 <row topline="true">
5577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5597 \begin_layout Standard
5613 <row topline="true">
5614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5634 \begin_layout Standard
5650 <row topline="true">
5651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5691 <row topline="true">
5692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5695 \begin_layout Standard
5709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5732 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5736 \begin_layout Standard
5750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5753 \begin_layout Standard
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5781 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5788 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 will number parts and chapters, while
5797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5804 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5805 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5811 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 \begin_layout Standard
5835 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5839 contents\InsetSpace ~
5843 It works the same way as
5845 Section\InsetSpace ~
5846 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5849 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5851 This is a great control to have.
5852 Suppose you wanted to number
5856 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5868 s in the Table of Contents.
5871 Section\InsetSpace ~
5872 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5885 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5896 and voilà! You're all set.
5899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5904 The following information applies to
5943 \begin_layout Itemize
5944 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5947 \begin_layout Itemize
5948 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5951 \begin_layout Itemize
5952 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5955 \begin_layout Itemize
5956 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5959 \begin_layout Standard
5960 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5961 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5965 Creating an Appendix
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5969 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5970 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5975 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5983 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5987 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5988 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5989 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5992 \begin_layout Subsection
5996 \begin_layout Standard
5997 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
6011 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
6012 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
6013 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
6014 the text they contain.
6015 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
6023 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
6026 \begin_layout Standard
6027 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6036 when you start a new paragraph.
6037 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6041 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6042 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6043 to change back to the
6047 environment yourself.
6050 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6060 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6068 \begin_layout Standard
6069 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6070 time for the differences.
6079 are identical except for one difference:
6083 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6092 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 Here's an example of the
6109 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6111 See - no indentation!
6115 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6116 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6117 the other paragraph.
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6121 That ends that example.
6122 Here's another example, this time in the
6129 \begin_layout Quotation
6135 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6136 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6137 the first line, then
6141 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6145 you were quoting other text.
6148 \begin_layout Quotation
6149 Here's a new paragraph.
6150 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6151 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 That was our other example.
6156 As the example notes,
6160 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6161 They should put quotes in the
6166 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6170 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6173 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6177 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6185 \begin_layout Standard
6190 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6197 Which I did not rehearse!
6201 It could be much worse.
6202 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6204 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6205 indented a bit more than the first.
6206 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6213 And make things look fine
6222 \begin_layout Standard
6227 does not indent both margins.
6228 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6229 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6240 \begin_layout Subsection
6242 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6243 name "sec:parenvlists"
6250 \begin_layout Standard
6251 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6261 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6270 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6271 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6272 some general features of all four of them.
6275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6279 \begin_layout Standard
6280 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6282 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6291 reset the environment to
6295 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6296 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6297 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6302 to break paragraphs.
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6306 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6307 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6309 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6310 you read all of section
6311 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6312 reference "sec:nest"
6320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6326 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6334 \begin_layout Standard
6335 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6339 paragraph environment.
6340 It has the following properties:
6343 \begin_layout Itemize
6344 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6348 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6352 \begin_layout Itemize
6353 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6357 \begin_layout Itemize
6358 The items can be any length.
6359 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6360 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6367 \begin_layout Itemize
6372 environment inside another
6376 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6380 \begin_layout Itemize
6381 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6384 \begin_layout Itemize
6385 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6391 reference "sec:nest"
6395 for a full explanation of nesting.
6399 \begin_layout Standard
6400 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6409 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6412 \begin_layout Standard
6413 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6414 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6415 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6418 \begin_layout Itemize
6419 The label for the first level
6423 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6427 \begin_layout Itemize
6428 The label for the second level is a dash.
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6433 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6437 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6442 \begin_layout Itemize
6443 Back out to the third level.
6447 \begin_layout Itemize
6448 Back to the second level.
6452 \begin_layout Itemize
6453 Back to the outermost level.
6456 \begin_layout Standard
6457 These are the default labels for an
6462 You can customize these labels in the
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6480 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6494 \begin_layout Standard
6495 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6496 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6499 reference "sec:nest"
6507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6513 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6514 name "sec:enumerate"
6521 \begin_layout Standard
6526 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6527 It has these properties:
6530 \begin_layout Enumerate
6531 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6535 \begin_layout Enumerate
6536 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6540 \begin_layout Enumerate
6541 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6544 \begin_layout Enumerate
6549 environment resets the counter to one.
6552 \begin_layout Enumerate
6565 \begin_layout Enumerate
6566 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6567 Items can be any length.
6570 \begin_layout Enumerate
6571 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6574 \begin_layout Enumerate
6575 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6578 \begin_layout Enumerate
6579 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6583 \begin_layout Standard
6596 show the different labels for each item.
6597 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6604 \begin_layout Enumerate
6605 The first level of an
6609 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6613 \begin_layout Enumerate
6614 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6618 \begin_layout Enumerate
6619 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6623 \begin_layout Enumerate
6624 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6627 \begin_layout Enumerate
6628 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6633 \begin_layout Enumerate
6634 Back to the third level
6638 \begin_layout Enumerate
6639 Back to the second level.
6643 \begin_layout Enumerate
6644 Back to the outermost level.
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6653 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6658 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6659 not on the LyX screen.
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 There is more to nesting
6667 environments than we've stated here.
6673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6674 reference "sec:nest"
6678 to learn more about nesting.
6681 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6687 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6688 name "sec:descrlist"
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6700 list has no fixed label.
6701 Instead, LyX uses the first
6702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6709 of the first line as the label.
6713 \begin_layout Description
6714 Example: This is an example of the
6721 \begin_layout Standard
6722 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6727 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6731 uses the first 'word'.
6732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6739 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6748 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6753 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6758 environment? Simple: use a
6769 Special\InsetSpace ~
6774 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6779 otected\InsetSpace ~
6792 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6793 reference "sec:hspace"
6797 for more info.] Here's an example:
6800 \begin_layout Description
6802 Example: This one shows how to use a
6804 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6814 \begin_layout Description
6815 Usage: You should use the
6819 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6820 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6822 It's not a good idea to use a
6826 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6827 You're better off using
6839 paragraphs into them.
6842 \begin_layout Description
6843 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6847 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6851 \begin_layout Standard
6852 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6853 them from the first line.
6856 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6862 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6870 \begin_layout Standard
6875 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6879 \begin_layout Standard
6880 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6881 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6882 reference "sec:itemize"
6887 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6888 reference "sec:descrlist"
6901 create numbered lists.
6906 does, and it's documented in section
6907 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6908 reference "sec:enumerate"
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6925 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6926 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6930 \begin_layout Labeling
6931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6933 labels LyX uses the first
6934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6941 of each line as the item label.
6946 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6947 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6948 blank as described above.
6951 \begin_layout Labeling
6952 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6953 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6954 the body of the item text.
6955 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6956 label width plus a little extra space.
6960 \begin_layout Labeling
6961 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6963 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6964 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6965 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6973 into the first line.
6974 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6975 margin of the rest of the item text.
6978 \begin_layout Labeling
6979 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6980 default\InsetSpace ~
6981 width You can very easily set this default width.
6982 It's quite painless, actually.
6983 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6987 environment have the same left margin.
6990 \begin_layout Labeling
6991 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6992 uses You should use the
6996 environment the same way you'd use as
7000 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
7006 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
7010 \begin_layout Labeling
7011 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7012 nesting You can nest
7016 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
7018 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
7020 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7021 reference "sec:nest"
7025 to learn about nesting.
7028 \begin_layout Standard
7029 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
7032 \begin_layout Standard
7033 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
7035 You can also simply move the cursor into a
7039 item if you want to change only its label width.
7045 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7050 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7064 box determines the default label width.
7065 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7066 here, but you don't need to.
7067 We recommend using the letter
7068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7076 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7077 The default label width in the example
7082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7098 as your unit of width in the
7103 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7109 every time you alter a label in a
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7117 There's yet another feature of the
7121 environment we need to tell you about.
7122 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7123 You can use additional
7127 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7133 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7134 reference "sec:hspace"
7139 Here are some examples:
7142 \begin_layout Labeling
7143 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7144 Left The default for
7151 \begin_layout Labeling
7152 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7159 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7162 \begin_layout Labeling
7163 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7172 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7175 \begin_layout Standard
7176 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7181 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7190 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7192 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7193 reference "sec:nest"
7197 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7200 \begin_layout Subsection
7204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7217 \begin_layout Standard
7218 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7229 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7230 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7231 In contrast, you can use the
7240 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7241 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7245 \begin_layout Standard
7246 Of course, you're not limited to using
7261 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7262 some European academic papers.
7265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7267 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7268 name "sec:adress_usage"
7275 \begin_layout Standard
7280 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7281 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7287 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7288 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7289 Here's an example of each:
7292 \begin_layout Right Address
7299 When is it? What is today?
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7309 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7310 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7311 Here's an example of the
7318 \begin_layout Address
7321 Where do I send this
7323 Your post office and country
7326 \begin_layout Standard
7327 As you can see, both
7336 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7337 Speaking of which, if you hit
7341 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7347 This makes sense, however, since
7355 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7366 Special\InsetSpace ~
7371 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7385 menu] to start a new line in an
7397 \begin_layout Subsection
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7403 or list of references.
7404 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7413 \begin_layout Standard
7418 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7423 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7427 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7432 environment is only useful in the
7433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7448 document classes [as well as
7449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7456 which is just a specialized version of
7457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7473 document class ignores the
7477 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7497 environment does several things for you.
7498 First, it puts the centered label
7499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7507 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7509 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7510 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7511 the subsequent text.
7512 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7513 If your document is in the
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7522 version of the file.
7525 \begin_layout Standard
7526 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7534 reset the paragraph environment.
7535 The new paragraph will still be in the
7540 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7541 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 We'd love to give you an example of the
7549 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7558 If you've never heard of an
7559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7566 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7575 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7576 name "sec:bibliography"
7583 \begin_layout Standard
7588 environment is used to list references.
7593 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7597 only use it at the end of the document.
7598 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7602 in anything else or vice versa.
7606 \begin_layout Standard
7607 When you first open a
7611 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7627 depending on the document class.
7628 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7629 Each paragraph of the
7633 environment is a bibliography entry.
7642 reset the paragraph environment.
7643 Each new paragraph is still in the
7650 \begin_layout Standard
7659 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7660 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7669 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7671 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7673 We could choose the key
7674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7682 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7685 \begin_layout Standard
7690 field isn't useless.
7691 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7696 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7704 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7705 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7706 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7711 appears at the end of this document.
7713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7717 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7723 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7725 key "latexcompanion"
7730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7733 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7734 In the second one, we used the
7743 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7768 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7769 of the bibliography entry.
7772 \begin_layout Standard
7773 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7775 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7777 Extended LyX Features
7782 \begin_layout Subsection
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7787 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7788 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7789 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7798 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7799 name "sec:captionlayout"
7806 \begin_layout Standard
7811 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7822 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7838 , depending on which type of
7843 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7847 \begin_layout Standard
7848 You can't really nest things into a
7853 Additionally, hitting
7857 resets the paragraph environment to
7865 can only be a single paragraph.
7868 \begin_layout Standard
7873 environment outside of a
7885 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7886 reference "sec:figures"
7891 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7892 reference "sec:tables"
7896 for more information on
7910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7916 \begin_layout Standard
7921 environment is another LyX extension.
7922 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7927 key as a fixed whitespace;
7931 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7945 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7950 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7951 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7973 reset the paragraph environment.
7974 So, when you finish using the
7978 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7987 environment inside of others.
7990 \begin_layout Standard
7991 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7994 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8029 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
8036 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
8047 You must put at least one
8051 in any line you want blank.
8052 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
8055 \begin_layout Itemize
8056 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8060 since that will insert
8065 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8073 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8076 \begin_layout Standard
8080 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8084 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8088 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8092 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8096 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8102 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8106 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8110 \begin_layout Standard
8111 This is just the standard
8112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8123 \begin_layout Standard
8128 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8129 rc-files, and so on.
8130 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8131 text as if you used a typewriter.
8134 \begin_layout Section
8135 Nesting Environments
8136 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8144 \begin_layout Subsection
8148 \begin_layout Standard
8149 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8153 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8155 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8156 reference "sec:nest"
8161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8164 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8167 \begin_layout Standard
8168 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8173 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8178 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8179 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8180 screen and bytes in memory.
8181 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8182 and specific properties.
8183 However, what if you wanted one
8184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8191 to inherit some of the properties of another
8192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8202 \begin_layout Standard
8203 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8204 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8205 In other words, you have a list
8209 of another list, with the inner list
8210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8220 \begin_layout Enumerate
8224 \begin_layout Enumerate
8229 \begin_layout Enumerate
8233 \begin_layout Enumerate
8238 \begin_layout Enumerate
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8244 you nest one list inside the other.
8248 \begin_layout Standard
8249 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8255 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8256 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8264 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8265 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8275 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8276 will tell you how far you are nested).
8279 \begin_layout Standard
8280 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8290 \begin_layout Standard
8301 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8308 to change the nesting level.
8309 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8310 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8314 \begin_layout Standard
8315 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8316 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8317 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8318 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8319 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8320 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8321 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8325 \begin_layout Standard
8326 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8327 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8329 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8332 \begin_layout Subsection
8333 What You Can and Can't Nest
8336 \begin_layout Standard
8337 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8338 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8341 \begin_layout Standard
8342 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8343 can you or can't you.
8344 There's also the question of how.
8345 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8346 environment into it? A
8347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8354 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8365 \begin_layout Standard
8366 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8368 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8369 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8370 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8372 There is one last type of environment.
8373 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8374 You can't nest anything into them.
8377 \begin_layout Standard
8378 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8379 environments have them:
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8393 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8405 into other environments.
8407 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8408 Then again, it may not.
8409 We don't know for certain.
8410 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8411 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8419 \begin_layout Description
8420 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8421 Can't nest into them.
8425 \begin_layout Itemize
8431 \begin_layout Itemize
8437 \begin_layout Itemize
8443 \begin_layout Itemize
8450 \begin_layout Description
8452 Nestable You can nest them.
8453 You can nest other things into them.
8457 \begin_layout Itemize
8463 \begin_layout Itemize
8469 \begin_layout Itemize
8475 \begin_layout Itemize
8481 \begin_layout Itemize
8487 \begin_layout Itemize
8493 \begin_layout Itemize
8499 \begin_layout Itemize
8505 \begin_layout Itemize
8512 \begin_layout Description
8513 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8514 You can't nest anything into them.
8518 \begin_layout Itemize
8524 \begin_layout Itemize
8530 \begin_layout Itemize
8538 \begin_layout Itemize
8544 \begin_layout Itemize
8550 \begin_layout Itemize
8558 \begin_layout Itemize
8564 \begin_layout Itemize
8570 \begin_layout Itemize
8576 \begin_layout Itemize
8582 \begin_layout Itemize
8588 \begin_layout Itemize
8594 \begin_layout Itemize
8600 \begin_layout Itemize
8607 \begin_layout Itemize
8613 \begin_layout Itemize
8620 \begin_layout Subsection
8621 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8622 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8623 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8631 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8632 affected by nesting anyhow.
8636 \begin_layout Itemize
8640 \begin_layout Itemize
8644 \begin_layout Itemize
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8649 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8653 , this is no longer true.
8654 See below or look in sections
8655 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8656 reference "sec:figures"
8661 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8662 reference "sec:tables"
8669 \begin_layout Standard
8670 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8671 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8672 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8676 \begin_layout Standard
8677 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8685 of its own, it behaves just like a
8686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8693 paragraph environment.
8694 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8698 \begin_layout Standard
8699 Here's an example with a table:
8702 \begin_layout Enumerate
8707 \begin_layout Enumerate
8708 This is (a) and it's nested.
8712 \begin_layout Standard
8713 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8719 \begin_layout Standard
8721 \begin_inset Tabular
8722 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8726 <row topline="true">
8727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8730 \begin_layout Standard
8745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8748 \begin_layout Standard
8764 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8786 \begin_layout Standard
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8810 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8817 \begin_layout Enumerate
8819 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8823 \begin_layout Enumerate
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8828 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8831 \begin_layout Enumerate
8836 \begin_layout Enumerate
8837 This is (a) and it's nested.
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8842 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8848 \begin_layout Standard
8850 \begin_inset Tabular
8851 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8855 <row topline="true">
8856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8877 \begin_layout Standard
8893 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8897 \begin_layout Standard
8912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8915 \begin_layout Standard
8938 \begin_layout Standard
8939 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8945 \begin_layout Enumerate
8952 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8955 \begin_layout Enumerate
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8964 \begin_layout Standard
8965 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8967 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8970 \begin_layout Enumerate
8975 \begin_layout Enumerate
8976 This is (a) and it's nested.
8979 \begin_layout Standard
8980 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8988 \begin_inset Tabular
8989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8993 <row topline="true">
8994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8997 \begin_layout Standard
9012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9015 \begin_layout Standard
9031 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9035 \begin_layout Standard
9050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9053 \begin_layout Standard
9076 \begin_layout Standard
9077 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9083 \begin_layout Enumerate
9085 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9093 \begin_layout Enumerate
9097 \begin_layout Standard
9098 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9104 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9105 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 Then there are the so-called
9119 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9120 have a fixed location.
9122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9129 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9150 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9154 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9160 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9161 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9164 \begin_layout Subsection
9165 Usage and General Features
9168 \begin_layout Standard
9169 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9178 is the innermost possible depth.
9179 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9182 \begin_layout Enumerate
9183 level #1 - outermost
9187 \begin_layout Enumerate
9192 \begin_layout Enumerate
9197 \begin_layout Enumerate
9202 \begin_layout Itemize
9207 \begin_layout Itemize
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9217 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9218 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9222 \begin_layout Standard
9223 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9224 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9225 to produce output for your document.
9230 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9238 environment, and so on.
9239 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9242 \begin_layout Standard
9243 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9244 both of them in the example.
9245 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9255 For example, if we tried to nest another
9260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9273 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9274 to produce output for your document.
9282 \begin_layout Standard
9283 In case that you want to start a new list immediately after a list, or consecuti
9284 ve definitions, proofs etc, you can use the
9288 environment to separate them.
9292 \begin_layout Enumerate
9296 \begin_layout --Separator--
9300 \begin_layout Enumerate
9305 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 \begin_layout --Separator--
9313 \begin_layout Enumerate
9314 nested another item1
9318 \begin_layout Subsection
9322 \begin_layout Standard
9323 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9324 We have several examples of nested environments.
9325 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9330 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9333 \begin_layout Labeling
9334 \labelwidthstring MMM
9335 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9344 \begin_layout Labeling
9345 \labelwidthstring MMM
9346 #2-a This is level #2.
9347 We created it by using
9360 \begin_layout Labeling
9361 \labelwidthstring MMM
9362 #3-a This is level #3.
9363 This time, we just hit
9373 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9387 \begin_layout Standard
9392 environment, nested inside of
9393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9401 So, it's at level #4.
9402 We did this by hitting
9411 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9416 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9432 \begin_layout Standard
9437 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9444 \begin_layout Labeling
9445 \labelwidthstring MMM
9446 #4-a This is level #4.
9451 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9456 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9460 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9465 keep nesting things inside of
9466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9477 \begin_layout Labeling
9478 \labelwidthstring MMM
9479 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9484 \begin_layout Labeling
9485 \labelwidthstring MMM
9486 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9487 and this is level #6.
9488 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9492 \begin_layout Labeling
9493 \labelwidthstring MMM
9494 #5-b Back to level #5.
9508 \begin_layout Labeling
9509 \labelwidthstring MMM
9519 , we're back at level #4.
9523 \begin_layout Labeling
9524 \labelwidthstring MMM
9525 #3-b Back to level #3.
9526 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9530 \begin_layout Labeling
9531 \labelwidthstring MMM
9532 #2-b Back to level #2.
9537 \begin_layout Labeling
9538 \labelwidthstring MMM
9539 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9540 After this sentence, we'll hit
9544 and change the paragraph environment back to
9551 \begin_layout Standard
9552 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9568 environment in place of the
9573 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9577 Example #2: Inheritance
9580 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9581 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9584 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9594 , after which, we'll change to the
9602 \begin_layout Enumerate
9607 environment, at level #2.
9610 \begin_layout Enumerate
9611 Notice how the nested
9615 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9619 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9623 \begin_layout Standard
9624 We ended this example by hitting
9629 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9633 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9642 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9655 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9663 \begin_layout Enumerate
9664 This is level #1, in an
9668 paragraph environment.
9669 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9673 \begin_layout Enumerate
9685 Now, what happens if we nest an
9689 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9690 label be? An asterisk?
9694 \begin_layout Itemize
9704 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9705 So, its label is a bullet.
9706 [Note: we got here by using
9715 , then changing the environment to
9723 \begin_layout Itemize
9724 Here's level #4, produced using
9734 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9739 \begin_layout Enumerate
9740 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9742 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9747 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9775 \begin_layout Enumerate
9780 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9781 type of numbering does LyX use?
9784 \begin_layout Enumerate
9785 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9789 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9792 \begin_layout Enumerate
9798 to decrease the depth after the next
9806 \begin_layout Enumerate
9808 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9812 \begin_layout Enumerate
9814 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9815 numeral as the label.
9819 \begin_layout Enumerate
9820 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9829 Notice, however, that LyX
9833 reset the counter for the label.
9837 \begin_layout Enumerate
9847 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9848 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9849 into the twofold-nested
9857 \begin_layout Enumerate
9858 The same thing happens if we do another
9867 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9870 \begin_layout Standard
9871 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9876 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9900 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9905 The same rule applies for the
9909 environment, as well.
9912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9913 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9916 \begin_layout Enumerate
9917 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9918 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9919 same detail with how we did it.
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9931 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9934 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9935 example in brackets someplace.
9936 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9937 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9938 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9942 \begin_layout Enumerate
9947 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9952 Now we'll add verse.
9954 It will get much worse.
9958 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9965 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9967 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9977 Here comes a table for you:
9981 \begin_layout Standard
9982 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9990 \begin_inset Tabular
9991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10017 \begin_layout Standard
10033 <row topline="true">
10034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
10037 \begin_layout Standard
10052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10055 \begin_layout Standard
10079 \begin_layout Verse
10082 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10087 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10094 \begin_layout Enumerate
10099 : level #1] This is another item.
10100 Note that selecting a
10104 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10105 3 times to put the table inside the
10113 \begin_layout Quotation
10114 We're now ending the
10118 list and changing to
10123 We're still at level #1.
10124 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10125 The next set of paragraphs is a
10126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10133 We'll nest both the
10142 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10146 for the letter body.
10151 to preserve the depth.
10152 Remember that you need to use
10156 to create multiple lines inside the
10170 \begin_layout Right Address
10173 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10178 \begin_layout Address
10179 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10183 \begin_layout Quotation
10184 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10185 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10186 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10187 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10188 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10189 as soon as possible.
10190 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10193 \begin_layout Quotation
10194 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10195 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10196 with your order, along with payment.
10199 \begin_layout Quotation
10200 We thank you again for your patience.
10203 \begin_layout Address
10210 \begin_layout Quotation
10211 That ends that example!
10214 \begin_layout Standard
10215 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10216 just a few keystrokes.
10217 We could have easily nested an
10238 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10241 \begin_layout Section
10242 Fonts and Text Styles
10245 \begin_layout Subsection
10249 \begin_layout Standard
10250 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10251 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10252 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10253 font to emphasize text, you use an
10254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10262 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10263 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10267 \begin_layout Standard
10268 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10282 style corresponds to an italics font.
10287 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10288 styles use to typeset proper names.
10289 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10290 1.4) introduced true character
10291 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10293 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10294 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10298 \begin_layout Subsection
10302 \begin_layout Standard
10303 You can set the default font from the
10308 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10320 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10321 your document fonts.
10322 The most important ones are those in the
10331 The possible options under
10336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10347 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10369 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10370 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10372 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10385 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10386 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10403 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10404 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10405 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10406 if a font is not installed).
10407 Please have a look at
10412 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10419 about where to get the fonts.
10420 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10421 a new font to common operation systems.
10422 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10425 \begin_layout Standard
10426 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10427 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10429 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10431 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10452 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10459 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10460 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10461 reference "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10468 Default\InsetSpace ~
10471 option lets you change this.
10472 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10495 Default\InsetSpace ~
10501 \begin_layout Standard
10511 group, you can usually select from four possible
10528 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10529 Remember, this is the
10534 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10535 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10536 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10538 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10539 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10544 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10545 height than the Roman Font.
10546 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10549 \begin_layout Standard
10554 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10562 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10571 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10576 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10577 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10578 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10591 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10592 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10594 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10596 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10598 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10599 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10600 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10601 Note that math figures are
10605 affected by this choice.
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10609 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10610 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10611 are not set up correctly.
10614 \begin_layout Standard
10615 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10636 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10637 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10638 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10639 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10640 is just a representation of
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10653 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10660 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10663 \begin_layout Subsection
10664 Using Different Character Styles
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10669 certain paragraph environments.
10670 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10679 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10688 style, do one of the following:
10691 \begin_layout Itemize
10692 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10695 \begin_layout Itemize
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10703 These commands are all toggles.
10708 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10712 One typically uses the
10716 style for proper names.
10718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10725 is the original author of LyX.
10726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10733 A more widely used character style is the
10738 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10745 \begin_layout Itemize
10746 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10757 \begin_layout Itemize
10758 using the keybindings
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10769 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10770 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10774 We've been using the
10778 style all over the place in this document.
10779 Here's one more example:
10782 \begin_layout Quotation
10785 Don't overuse character styles!
10788 \begin_layout Standard
10789 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10790 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10791 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10792 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10806 \begin_layout Subsection
10807 Fine-Tuning with the
10812 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10813 name "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10822 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10823 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10824 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10833 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10834 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10839 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10840 from ordinary dialogue.
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10845 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10846 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10847 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10848 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10853 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10858 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10859 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10862 \begin_layout Standard
10863 Enough complaining.
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10867 To use custom fonts, open the
10872 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10882 font property which you can choose.
10883 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10888 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10893 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10895 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10896 environments in a snap.
10899 \begin_layout Standard
10900 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10912 \begin_layout Labeling
10913 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 The possible options are:
10934 \begin_layout Labeling
10935 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10940 This is the Roman font family.
10944 \begin_layout Standard
10945 It's also the default family.
10955 \begin_layout Labeling
10956 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10964 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10968 \begin_layout Standard
10978 \begin_layout Labeling
10979 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10986 This is the Typewriter font family.
10990 \begin_layout Standard
11001 \begin_layout Labeling
11002 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11010 This corresponds to the print weight.
11015 \begin_layout Labeling
11016 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11021 This is the Medium font series.
11025 \begin_layout Standard
11026 It's also the default series.
11030 \begin_layout Labeling
11031 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11038 This is the Bold font series.
11042 \begin_layout Standard
11043 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
11053 \begin_layout Labeling
11054 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11063 As the name implies.
11068 \begin_layout Labeling
11069 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11074 This is the Upright font shape.
11078 \begin_layout Standard
11079 It's also the default shape.
11083 \begin_layout Labeling
11084 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11098 s the Italic font shape
11104 \begin_layout Labeling
11105 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11112 This is the Slanted font shape
11114 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11117 \begin_layout Labeling
11118 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11126 This is the Small caps font shape
11133 \begin_layout Labeling
11134 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11143 Alters the size of the font.
11144 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11145 nal to the default font size.
11146 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11147 what you want to do.
11151 \begin_layout Standard
11152 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11155 \begin_layout Labeling
11156 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11175 \begin_layout Standard
11190 \begin_layout Labeling
11191 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11210 \begin_layout Standard
11220 \begin_layout Labeling
11221 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11240 \begin_layout Standard
11255 \begin_layout Labeling
11256 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11290 \begin_layout Labeling
11291 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11308 \begin_layout Standard
11309 It's also the default size.
11324 \begin_layout Labeling
11325 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11359 \begin_layout Labeling
11360 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11379 \begin_layout Standard
11394 \begin_layout Labeling
11395 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11414 \begin_layout Standard
11424 \begin_layout Labeling
11425 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11444 \begin_layout Standard
11459 \begin_layout Labeling
11460 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11479 \begin_layout Standard
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11499 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11500 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11501 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11502 - use that instead.
11503 This is here for fine-tuning
11509 \begin_layout Labeling
11510 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11518 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11523 \begin_layout Labeling
11524 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11531 This is text with emphasize on
11537 \begin_layout Standard
11538 This might seem like the same as
11542 , but it is actually a bit different.
11543 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11544 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11553 \begin_layout Labeling
11554 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11561 This is text with Underbar on.
11565 \begin_layout Standard
11575 \begin_layout Labeling
11576 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11583 This is text with Noun on.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11592 , this is a logical attribute.
11593 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11598 , but that is bound to change some day.
11602 \begin_layout Standard
11603 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11604 when you couldn't change fonts.
11605 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11606 an underscore character.
11607 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11612 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11613 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11618 \begin_layout Labeling
11619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11624 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11625 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11630 LaTeX package installed.
11635 is not able to display these colors.
11641 , which is the standard
11642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11649 , you can choose between
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11690 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11691 the language of the document.
11692 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11695 \begin_layout Standard
11696 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11699 \begin_layout Standard
11700 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11705 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11713 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11729 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11730 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11734 \begin_layout Standard
11735 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11742 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11743 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11761 Toggle on all these
11774 \begin_layout Standard
11775 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11777 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11779 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11782 \begin_layout Section
11783 Printing and Previewing
11786 \begin_layout Subsection
11790 \begin_layout Standard
11791 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11792 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11793 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11794 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11795 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11802 \begin_layout Standard
11803 LyX uses a program called
11804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11812 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11813 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11821 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11822 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11823 This happens in a couple of stages:
11826 \begin_layout Enumerate
11827 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11828 generating a file with the extension,
11829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11844 \begin_layout Enumerate
11845 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11849 file to produce printable output.
11850 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11851 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11855 file, or DVI for short.
11856 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11869 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11870 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11874 \begin_layout Description
11875 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11876 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11877 be a link to these files.
11878 So don't forget these files if you move your
11882 file to another computer.
11886 \begin_layout Enumerate
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11899 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11903 \begin_layout Enumerate
11908 files using a program called
11915 \begin_layout Enumerate
11916 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11923 \begin_layout Enumerate
11924 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11925 LyX automatically converts the
11929 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11930 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11939 \begin_layout Standard
11940 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11945 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11946 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11947 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11948 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11954 \begin_layout Standard
11955 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11959 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11960 preview of your document.
11961 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11963 The printed result is worth the wait.
11964 Quality always has its price.
11967 \begin_layout Subsection
11968 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11972 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11973 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11978 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11989 \begin_layout Standard
11990 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11996 You can now look at the results.
11997 [If you want more info on the
12008 \begin_layout Description
12009 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
12013 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
12014 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
12019 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12024 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12041 program will automatically reread the
12045 file and give you an updated view.
12048 \begin_layout Subsection
12049 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
12052 \begin_layout Standard
12057 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
12058 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
12059 One reason is fonts.
12063 \begin_layout Standard
12068 : Another reason is paranoia.
12069 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
12070 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12076 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
12085 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
12088 \begin_layout Standard
12089 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12105 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12111 You can now look at the results.
12114 \begin_layout Standard
12115 You've guessed what the
12120 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12134 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12138 window after this command to update the view.
12141 \begin_layout Subsection
12145 \begin_layout Standard
12146 To print a file, select
12160 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12168 \begin_layout Standard
12169 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12170 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12171 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12172 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12173 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12174 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12177 \begin_layout Standard
12178 You can set the parameters in the
12185 \begin_layout Labeling
12186 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12194 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12198 \begin_layout Standard
12199 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12212 has to be configured for this printer name.
12214 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12215 reference "sec:dvipsconfig"
12223 documentation for details.
12224 The default printer can also be set in
12233 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12236 \begin_layout Labeling
12237 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12245 The name of a file to print to.
12246 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12248 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12249 specify the full path.
12252 \begin_layout Standard
12253 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12257 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12261 have to process your document.
12264 \begin_layout Section
12265 A Few Words about Typography
12268 \begin_layout Subsection
12269 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12270 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12278 \begin_layout Standard
12280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12291 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12306 \begin_layout Enumerate
12312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_layout Enumerate
12332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12359 \begin_layout Enumerate
12365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12374 \begin_layout Standard
12387 \begin_layout Standard
12399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 \begin_layout Enumerate
12409 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12429 \begin_layout Standard
12430 You generate these by using the
12431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12442 character multiple times in a row.
12443 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12449 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12450 Here are some examples of the
12451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12465 \begin_layout Enumerate
12466 line- and page-breaks
12475 \begin_layout Enumerate
12485 \begin_layout Enumerate
12486 Oh --- there's a dash.
12495 \begin_layout Enumerate
12496 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12510 there is one in the printed version.
12513 \begin_layout Standard
12514 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12515 inserts hyphens in English text.
12516 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12520 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12526 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12530 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12533 \begin_layout Quote
12536 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12537 nohyphenation, loaded.
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12541 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12542 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12550 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12558 the relevant line in a file typically named
12563 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12567 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12571 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12573 This is done with the menu item
12575 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12584 Special\InsetSpace ~
12599 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12600 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12603 \begin_layout Subsection
12607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12608 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12609 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12619 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12620 LaTeX then adds the
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12624 appropriate amount of space
12625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12630 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12633 \begin_layout Standard
12634 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12635 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12648 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12649 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12652 \begin_layout Standard
12653 Here are some examples of
12657 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12660 \begin_layout Itemize
12665 \begin_layout Itemize
12670 \begin_layout Standard
12671 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12672 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12675 \begin_layout Itemize
12678 this is too much space!
12681 \begin_layout Itemize
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12690 \begin_layout Standard
12691 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12694 \begin_layout Enumerate
12697 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12700 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12702 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12703 reference "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
12710 \begin_layout Enumerate
12716 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12718 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12719 reference "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
12726 \begin_layout Enumerate
12731 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12739 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12744 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12747 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12748 This function is also bound to
12755 \begin_layout Standard
12756 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12759 \begin_layout Itemize
12760 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12761 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12762 this is too much space!
12765 \begin_layout Itemize
12766 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12770 \begin_layout Standard
12771 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12772 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12774 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12780 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12788 feature described in
12795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12797 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12805 \begin_layout Standard
12806 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12807 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12808 and use a closing quote at the end.
12810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12818 The keyboard character,
12822 , generates this automatically.
12825 \begin_layout Standard
12828 New in version 1.4:
12830 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12835 This produces quotation marks like this:
12836 \begin_inset Quotes els
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12851 There are six choices:
12854 \begin_layout Labeling
12855 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12867 Use quotes like this
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12876 \begin_inset Quotes els
12880 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12886 \begin_layout Labeling
12887 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12890 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12894 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12900 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12908 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12914 \begin_layout Labeling
12915 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12918 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12922 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12928 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12932 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12936 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12940 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12946 \begin_layout Labeling
12947 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12950 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12960 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12964 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12968 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12972 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12978 \begin_layout Labeling
12979 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12982 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12986 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12992 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12996 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13000 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13004 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13010 \begin_layout Labeling
13011 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13014 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13018 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13024 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13028 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13032 \begin_inset Quotes als
13036 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13042 \begin_layout Standard
13043 Again, this affects what character the
13050 \begin_layout Standard
13051 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
13064 \begin_layout Subsection
13066 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13067 name "sec:ligatures"
13074 \begin_layout Standard
13075 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13076 print them as single characters.
13077 These groups are known as
13082 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
13084 Here are the possible ligatures:
13087 \begin_layout Itemize
13091 \begin_layout Itemize
13095 \begin_layout Itemize
13099 \begin_layout Itemize
13103 \begin_layout Itemize
13107 \begin_layout Standard
13108 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13109 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13117 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13133 To break a ligature, use
13138 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13139 Special\InsetSpace ~
13146 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13149 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13165 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13182 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13190 \begin_layout Subsection
13192 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13200 \begin_layout Standard
13201 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13203 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13204 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13205 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13206 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13207 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13208 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13220 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13221 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13222 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13223 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13224 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13225 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13226 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13229 \begin_layout Standard
13230 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13231 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13232 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13234 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13235 key "latexcompanion"
13241 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13246 ] may have more information.
13247 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13250 \begin_layout Chapter
13251 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13252 \begin_inset OptArg
13255 \begin_layout Standard
13256 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13264 \begin_layout Section
13268 \begin_layout Standard
13269 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13277 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13278 somewhere else in your text.
13279 When you insert a footnote with
13288 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13326 appearing within your text.
13327 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13328 You can enter your text into this box.
13330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13349 label, the box will
13350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13362 Clicking on the button again will
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13378 \begin_layout Standard
13379 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13384 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13385 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13386 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13387 when it processes your file.
13388 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13389 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13390 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13395 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13399 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13404 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13405 (this works for all
13406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13416 \begin_layout Standard
13417 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13418 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 document class or changing the counter
13437 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13445 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13466 \begin_layout Description
13467 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13469 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13470 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13472 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13476 \begin_layout Section
13480 \begin_layout Standard
13481 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13482 When you insert a margin note via
13488 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13504 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13505 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13528 appearing within your text.
13529 \begin_inset Marginal
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13533 This is a margin note.
13538 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13539 You can enter your text into this box.
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13554 label, the box will
13555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13563 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13580 \begin_layout Standard
13581 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13583 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13584 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13585 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13589 \begin_layout Section
13590 Figures and Imported Graphics
13591 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13599 \begin_layout Standard
13600 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13601 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13602 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13603 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13608 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13609 in the document you place them.
13610 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13612 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13613 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13620 \begin_layout Standard
13621 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13622 on the toolbar, or select
13627 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13638 \begin_layout Standard
13639 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13640 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13643 \begin_layout Standard
13645 \begin_inset Graphics
13646 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13649 rotateOrigin center
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13662 field allows you to choose your image file.
13664 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13665 reference "sub:How-it-works"
13669 for information on supported formats.) The figure can be transformed by
13670 setting a rotation angle, setting the output size, and clipping the image.
13671 It is possible to set the clipping parameters automatically for some image
13672 formats by clicking the
13673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13676 Clip to bounding box
13677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13680 check box under the
13685 For scaling, you can set the scale directly by using a percentage value,
13686 or you can set the width and height explicitly.
13688 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13689 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
13693 for the available units.) If you set only one of these, the other will be
13694 determined automatically.
13695 If you set both, then the image will be transformed to the given size,
13696 possibly distorting it.
13697 If you do not want the image distorted, check the
13699 Maintain aspect ratio
13702 The image will then be scaled so that its width and height do not exceed
13703 the specified dimensions.
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 It is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and the display
13708 in the final document separately, which can be very useful for large figures.
13709 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13711 LaTeX and LyX Options
13714 You can also set the
13718 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13720 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13721 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13726 See the documentation for the LaTeX-package
13730 for more information.
13733 \begin_layout Subsection
13735 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13736 name "sub:How-it-works"
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13745 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13746 target output format can be created.
13747 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13749 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13756 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13759 \begin_layout Standard
13760 \begin_inset Float table
13766 \begin_layout Standard
13767 \begin_inset Caption
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13771 name "cap:Units-for-image"
13775 Units for setting the image size
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13784 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13792 \begin_inset Tabular
13793 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13797 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13801 \begin_layout Standard
13807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13817 <row topline="true">
13818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13837 <row topline="true">
13838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13841 \begin_layout Standard
13847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13850 \begin_layout Standard
13857 <row topline="true">
13858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13861 \begin_layout Standard
13867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13870 \begin_layout Standard
13877 <row topline="true">
13878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13890 \begin_layout Standard
13891 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13897 <row topline="true">
13898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13901 \begin_layout Standard
13907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13910 \begin_layout Standard
13911 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13917 <row topline="true">
13918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13921 \begin_layout Standard
13927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13930 \begin_layout Standard
13931 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13937 <row topline="true">
13938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13941 \begin_layout Standard
13947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13950 \begin_layout Standard
13951 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13957 <row topline="true">
13958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13961 \begin_layout Standard
13967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13970 \begin_layout Standard
13972 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13976 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13985 <row topline="true">
13986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13998 \begin_layout Standard
13999 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
14005 <row topline="true">
14006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14019 % of original image width
14025 <row topline="true">
14026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14029 \begin_layout Standard
14035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14038 \begin_layout Standard
14045 <row topline="true">
14046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14049 \begin_layout Standard
14055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14058 \begin_layout Standard
14065 <row topline="true">
14066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14069 \begin_layout Standard
14075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14078 \begin_layout Standard
14085 <row topline="true">
14086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14098 \begin_layout Standard
14105 <row topline="true">
14106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14118 \begin_layout Standard
14125 <row topline="true">
14126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14145 <row topline="true">
14146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14169 <row topline="true">
14170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14193 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14197 \begin_layout Standard
14203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14206 \begin_layout Standard
14207 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14225 \begin_layout Standard
14226 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14227 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14228 figures themselves.
14229 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14262 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14275 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14276 loadable graphics format.
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14292 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14301 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14302 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14303 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14308 If, after all that, LyX
14312 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14316 Error converting to loadable format
14317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14320 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14321 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14322 list of known converters.
14325 \begin_layout Standard
14326 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14327 when generating the final document.
14328 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14329 in PostScript® format.
14330 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14343 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14346 \begin_layout Subsection
14350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14351 Using Figure Floats
14352 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14353 name "sec:figurefloats"
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14362 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14363 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14364 it preferable to use
14366 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14369 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14370 deems necessary for a good fit.
14371 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14372 place a caption on them, using the
14376 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14378 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14379 reference "sec:captionlayout"
14386 \begin_layout Standard
14389 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14397 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14406 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14407 above to insert the actual figure.
14410 \begin_layout Standard
14411 \begin_inset Float figure
14417 \begin_layout Standard
14418 \begin_inset Caption
14420 \begin_layout Standard
14421 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14435 \begin_layout Standard
14437 \begin_inset Graphics
14438 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
14440 rotateOrigin center
14452 \begin_layout Standard
14453 \begin_inset Float figure
14459 \begin_layout Standard
14461 \begin_inset Graphics
14462 filename clipart/platypus.eps
14464 rotateOrigin center
14471 \begin_layout Standard
14472 \begin_inset Caption
14474 \begin_layout Standard
14475 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14476 name "fig:kill-plat"
14480 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14496 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14497 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14498 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14499 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14503 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14504 This is what we did for figure
14505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14506 reference "fig:kill-plat"
14511 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14515 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14516 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14517 reference "fig:escher"
14522 It is preferred to use one
14531 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14536 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14538 reference "sec:float-locn"
14548 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14549 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14555 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14557 reference "sec:crossref"
14561 you can simply insert a
14568 in the caption and refer to it using a
14577 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14578 using vague references to
14579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14586 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14597 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14599 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14602 \begin_layout Standard
14603 Note that the caption is used in a
14613 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14615 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14616 reference "sec:ListsOf"
14620 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14623 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14625 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14626 name "sec:float-locn"
14633 \begin_layout Standard
14634 Now, the whole idea behind
14636 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14644 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14645 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14646 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14647 for the exact details.
14648 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14650 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14651 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14656 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14669 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14670 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14678 \begin_layout Itemize
14688 \begin_layout Itemize
14698 \begin_layout Itemize
14708 \begin_layout Itemize
14718 \begin_layout Standard
14719 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14722 \begin_layout Description
14723 Here: LyX tries to put the
14727 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14732 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14736 \begin_layout Description
14737 Top: LyX tries to put the
14741 at the top of the current page.
14742 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14745 \begin_layout Description
14746 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14750 at the bottom of the current page.
14751 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14754 \begin_layout Description
14755 Page: LyX tries to put the
14763 s) on a page of its own.
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14767 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14768 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14769 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14781 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14782 The default placement list is
14783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14794 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14795 on a page by itself.
14796 If you want LyX to try
14797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14804 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14818 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14821 \begin_layout Enumerate
14828 \begin_layout Standard
14829 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14830 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14831 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14835 \begin_layout Enumerate
14842 \begin_layout Standard
14843 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14844 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14848 \begin_layout Enumerate
14855 \begin_layout Standard
14856 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14857 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14861 \begin_layout Enumerate
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14869 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14873 \begin_layout Subsection
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14878 One obvious question is
14879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14882 how would I create the figures?
14883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14886 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14891 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14892 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14896 there are several ways.
14897 We recommend the following:
14900 \begin_layout Enumerate
14901 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14902 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14904 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14906 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14907 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14908 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14909 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14910 EPS figure, as described above.
14915 \begin_layout Standard
14916 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14918 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14919 the next way is recommended.
14923 \begin_layout Enumerate
14924 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14925 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14926 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14927 Therefore you have to set the
14932 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14938 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14949 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14952 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14957 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14965 (see description in
14969 ) this text will appear as
14970 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14978 \begin_layout Standard
14979 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14980 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14981 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14982 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14983 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14987 \begin_layout Enumerate
14988 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14997 , really] will generate two files:
15001 \begin_layout Enumerate
15002 the PostScript part
15006 , that contains all painting.
15009 \begin_layout Enumerate
15014 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15019 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
15020 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
15024 \begin_layout Standard
15025 If you get an error like
15026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15029 unknown graphics extension pstex
15030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15033 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
15038 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
15039 Simply add a line like
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15047 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15053 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15068 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 This should fix the whole thing.
15073 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
15077 and change the LaTeX part
15082 But this is annoying.
15088 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
15089 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
15090 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
15091 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15092 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15096 \begin_layout Section
15098 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15106 \begin_layout Standard
15107 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15108 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15109 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15112 \begin_layout Standard
15113 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15118 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15126 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15127 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15128 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15129 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15130 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15131 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15137 \begin_inset Tabular
15138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15144 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15209 <row topline="true">
15210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <row topline="true">
15257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15284 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15287 \begin_layout Standard
15302 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15305 \begin_layout Standard
15312 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15334 \begin_layout Standard
15340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15366 \begin_layout Subsection
15370 \begin_layout Standard
15371 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15372 brings up a settings dialog.
15373 Among these options are:
15376 \begin_layout Itemize
15377 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15378 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15379 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15380 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15381 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15382 row in the example above.
15383 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15384 the left line of the column to the right.
15387 \begin_layout Itemize
15388 Text alignment in a column
15391 \begin_layout Itemize
15392 Appending rows and columns
15395 \begin_layout Itemize
15396 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15399 \begin_layout Itemize
15403 \begin_layout Itemize
15404 Setting a fixed width for a column
15407 \begin_layout Itemize
15408 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15409 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15410 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15413 \begin_layout Itemize
15414 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15418 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15424 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15438 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15445 when the cursor is inside a table.
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15450 Most of these options also work on selections.
15451 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15452 done on all of your selection.
15453 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15457 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15458 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15464 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15465 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15469 When you append a row, it is added
15473 the row containing the cursor.
15474 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15479 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15480 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15481 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15486 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15487 For example, in the above table, row
15488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15495 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15511 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15516 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15525 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15526 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15527 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15530 \begin_layout Standard
15532 \begin_inset Tabular
15533 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15535 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15536 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15537 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15538 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15539 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15557 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15575 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15594 <row topline="true">
15595 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15613 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15630 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15633 \begin_layout Standard
15648 <row topline="true">
15649 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15670 \begin_layout Standard
15684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15687 \begin_layout Standard
15702 <row topline="true">
15703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15706 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15741 \begin_layout Standard
15756 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15818 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15819 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15821 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15822 \begin_inset Note Note
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15826 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15827 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15836 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15846 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15850 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15853 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15856 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15858 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15860 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15863 \begin_layout Standard
15870 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15877 display on screen, and works
15881 for PostScript output.
15882 So, if you want to preview them, use
15887 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15901 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15906 will not show the table properly.
15909 \begin_layout Standard
15911 \begin_inset Tabular
15912 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15914 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15925 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15926 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Standard
16035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16038 \begin_layout Standard
16053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16092 \begin_layout Standard
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Standard
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16144 <row topline="true">
16145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16167 \begin_layout Standard
16182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16185 \begin_layout Standard
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Standard
16209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16212 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Standard
16236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16239 \begin_layout Standard
16254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout Standard
16263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16266 \begin_layout Standard
16281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16284 \begin_layout Standard
16299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16317 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16336 <row topline="true">
16337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16340 \begin_layout Standard
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Standard
16383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Standard
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16422 \begin_layout Standard
16437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Standard
16455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16494 \begin_layout Standard
16509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Standard
16527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Standard
16546 <row topline="true">
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Standard
16566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16569 \begin_layout Standard
16584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16587 \begin_layout Standard
16602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Standard
16620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16632 \begin_layout Standard
16647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Standard
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Standard
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Standard
16701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Standard
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Standard
16728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16731 \begin_layout Standard
16747 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16797 \begin_layout Standard
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Standard
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Standard
16848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Standard
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Standard
16884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Standard
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16930 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Standard
16949 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Standard
16962 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16971 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Standard
16980 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Standard
16989 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Standard
16998 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Standard
17007 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Standard
17016 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Standard
17025 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Standard
17034 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Standard
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17069 \begin_layout Subsection
17070 What can be placed inside a table cell?
17073 \begin_layout Standard
17074 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
17075 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
17076 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
17077 can be placed in the same cell.
17078 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
17080 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17084 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17085 for the cell's paragraph.
17088 \begin_layout Subsection
17089 Cut & Paste in Tables
17092 \begin_layout Standard
17093 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17094 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17095 Selection with the mouse or with
17099 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17100 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17101 using the mouse to select and paste.
17104 \begin_layout Standard
17106 \begin_inset Tabular
17107 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17112 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Standard
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Standard
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Standard
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Standard
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Standard
17224 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Standard
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Standard
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Standard
17287 \begin_layout Standard
17289 \begin_inset Tabular
17290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17295 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Standard
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Standard
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Standard
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Standard
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Standard
17407 <row topline="true">
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Standard
17435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17445 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Standard
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Standard
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Standard
17481 \begin_layout Standard
17482 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17483 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17486 \begin_layout Subsection
17487 Multiple lines in cells
17490 \begin_layout Standard
17491 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17493 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17498 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17499 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17504 \begin_layout Standard
17506 \begin_inset Tabular
17507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17510 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17511 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17512 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Standard
17531 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Standard
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Standard
17600 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Standard
17624 <row bottomline="true">
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Standard
17643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17646 \begin_layout Standard
17656 This is longer now.
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Standard
17680 <row bottomline="true">
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Standard
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Standard
17712 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17713 This is longer now.
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Standard
17744 \begin_layout Standard
17745 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17746 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17747 margin of the page.
17748 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17749 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17750 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17753 \begin_layout Enumerate
17754 Split it into two tables.
17757 \begin_layout Enumerate
17767 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17768 After doing this, the list of
17772 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17776 \begin_layout Enumerate
17782 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17783 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17786 \begin_layout Enumerate
17791 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17792 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17793 except for the first page, if
17801 \begin_layout Enumerate
17806 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17807 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17808 except for the last page, if
17816 \begin_layout Enumerate
17822 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17823 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17826 \begin_layout Standard
17827 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17828 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17829 The others will then be defined as
17834 In this context, first means first in this order:
17836 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17853 example file to see how this works.
17857 \begin_layout Standard
17858 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17859 rows to break the page on as well.
17863 \begin_layout Enumerate
17864 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17865 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17868 \begin_layout Subsection
17870 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17871 name "sec:table float"
17878 \begin_layout Standard
17879 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17898 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17908 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17909 exactly where you insert it.
17910 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17911 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17912 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17916 , and is described in section
17917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17918 reference "sec:float-locn"
17923 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17925 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17926 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17933 reference "table:a table float"
17937 is an example of a table float.
17938 \begin_inset Float table
17944 \begin_layout Standard
17945 \begin_inset Caption
17947 \begin_layout Standard
17948 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17949 name "table:a table float"
17961 \begin_layout Standard
17963 \begin_inset Tabular
17964 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17969 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Standard
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Standard
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Standard
18025 <row topline="true">
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Standard
18044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Standard
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Standard
18081 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Standard
18095 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Standard
18116 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18118 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Standard
18139 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18160 \begin_layout Section
18161 Table of Contents and other Listings
18162 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18170 \begin_layout Standard
18171 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18180 such as a Table of Contents.
18181 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18182 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18185 \begin_layout Subsection
18186 The Table of Contents
18189 \begin_layout Standard
18190 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18193 \begin_layout Enumerate
18194 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18201 \begin_layout Enumerate
18202 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18212 (Sub...), Paragraph
18215 Note that styles with a
18227 appear in the Table of Contents.
18230 \begin_layout Enumerate
18231 Make sure you set the
18236 ection\InsetSpace ~
18237 number\InsetSpace ~
18256 Document\InsetSpace ~
18259 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18260 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18261 reference "sub:section-depth"
18268 \begin_layout Enumerate
18269 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18270 You'll find it under
18275 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18282 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18294 \begin_layout Standard
18295 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18301 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18313 \begin_layout Subsection
18314 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18323 \begin_layout Standard
18324 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18325 You can insert them from the
18330 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18340 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18341 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18344 \begin_layout Chapter
18345 Mathematical Formulae
18348 \begin_layout Section
18352 \begin_layout Standard
18353 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18354 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18358 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18360 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18361 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18362 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18369 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18374 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18388 (CUA binding only).
18391 \begin_layout Standard
18392 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18393 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18396 , there is a special shortcut.
18404 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18414 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18420 \begin_layout Standard
18421 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18426 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18431 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18440 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18443 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18444 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18445 somewhere on the screen.
18446 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18447 will insert a formula for you.
18450 \begin_layout Subsection
18451 Navigating a Formula
18454 \begin_layout Standard
18455 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18456 with the arrow keys.
18457 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18458 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18463 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18464 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18468 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18472 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18474 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18482 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18487 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18488 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18496 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18497 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18498 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18503 For example, if you want
18504 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18551 , since in the latter case only the
18554 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18559 will be under the square root sign,
18560 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18564 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18568 \begin_layout Standard
18569 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18571 \begin_inset Formula \[
18572 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18575 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18579 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18580 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18583 \begin_layout Subsection
18587 \begin_layout Standard
18588 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18589 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18593 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18594 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18595 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18596 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18597 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18600 \begin_layout Subsection
18601 Exponents and Subscripts
18604 \begin_layout Standard
18605 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18606 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18608 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18624 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18625 in the superscript.
18631 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18635 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18654 Subscripts are similar, to get
18655 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18670 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18671 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18674 reference "sec:Grouping"
18678 if you need to alter this.
18681 \begin_layout Subsection
18685 \begin_layout Standard
18686 Create a fraction with either
18692 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18712 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18713 squares top and bottom.
18714 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18715 To move to the bottom, simply press
18720 To move back up, press
18725 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18726 \begin_inset Formula \[
18727 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18729 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18736 \begin_layout Subsection
18740 \begin_layout Standard
18742 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18746 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18749 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18758 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18759 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18760 Sum will automatically place its
18761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18768 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18769 when inlined, such as
18770 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18774 \begin_inset Note Note
18777 \begin_layout Standard
18778 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18785 \begin_inset Formula \[
18786 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18790 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18791 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18792 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18796 \begin_inset Formula \[
18797 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18801 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18802 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18803 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18804 in front of the sign and hitting
18809 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18813 \begin_layout Standard
18814 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18822 feature as addition, such as
18823 \begin_inset Formula \[
18824 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18828 which will place the
18829 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18840 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18841 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18846 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18849 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18855 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18863 menu in the math panel; see
18864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18865 reference "sec:math-functions"
18872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18873 Special integral symbols
18876 \begin_layout Standard
18877 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18878 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18881 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18891 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18895 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18909 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18919 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18927 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18936 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18943 if you need special integrals.
18944 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18945 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18946 This document does use the
18950 package instead of the
18954 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18955 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18960 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18970 \begin_layout Subsection
18972 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18973 name "sec:math-panel"
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18990 dialog (accessible via
18995 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19002 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
19003 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
19004 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
19005 details in later sections.
19008 \begin_layout Standard
19009 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
19012 \begin_layout Subsection
19016 \begin_layout Standard
19017 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
19023 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
19031 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
19039 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
19047 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
19056 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
19064 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19066 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
19067 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
19068 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
19069 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
19070 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
19073 \begin_layout Standard
19074 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
19075 In the minibuffer, type
19080 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
19089 to move between the two boxes.
19090 You can also use the key binding
19097 \begin_layout Subsection
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19102 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19103 that LaTeX provides.
19104 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19105 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19106 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19107 The first thing to do is to type
19112 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19114 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19118 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19123 you move the cursor, after typing
19131 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19133 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19135 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19139 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19143 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19146 \begin_layout Subsection
19148 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19149 name "sec:math-functions"
19156 \begin_layout Standard
19157 The math panel contains a number of
19158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19166 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19170 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19178 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19185 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19187 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19190 , should not be italicized.
19191 Entering just the letters
19192 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19195 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19197 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19198 For example, the expression
19199 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19202 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19203 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19204 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19207 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19208 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19209 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19213 \begin_inset Formula \[
19214 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19218 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19224 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19225 to improve linespacing).
19228 \begin_layout Subsection
19232 \begin_layout Standard
19233 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19235 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19236 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19237 That is, you can enter
19238 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19241 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19242 This is entered by typing
19243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19257 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19258 the various accents:
19261 \begin_layout Standard
19263 \begin_inset Tabular
19264 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19269 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Standard
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Standard
19306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19309 \begin_layout Standard
19325 <row topline="true">
19326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19329 \begin_layout Standard
19344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19347 \begin_layout Standard
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Standard
19375 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19384 <row topline="true">
19385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19388 \begin_layout Standard
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Standard
19421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19424 \begin_layout Standard
19434 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19443 <row topline="true">
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Standard
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Standard
19480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19483 \begin_layout Standard
19493 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19502 <row topline="true">
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Standard
19521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19524 \begin_layout Standard
19539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19542 \begin_layout Standard
19552 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19561 <row topline="true">
19562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19565 \begin_layout Standard
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Standard
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19601 \begin_layout Standard
19611 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19620 <row topline="true">
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Standard
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Standard
19670 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19679 <row topline="true">
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Standard
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Standard
19716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Standard
19729 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19738 <row topline="true">
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Standard
19757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19760 \begin_layout Standard
19775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Standard
19788 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19797 <row topline="true">
19798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19801 \begin_layout Standard
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Standard
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Standard
19847 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19856 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Standard
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Standard
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Standard
19906 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19922 \begin_layout Standard
19923 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19928 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19929 made within a formula too.
19932 \begin_layout Subsection
19933 The math editor for LaTeX users
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19937 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19938 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19940 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19947 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19948 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19951 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19952 menus for a symbol.
19953 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19958 \begin_layout Quotation
19959 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19960 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19962 As an example, I created this
19963 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19966 by typing the following keys: First type
19990 As soon as I typed that
19995 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19998 was right there on the screen.
20002 \begin_layout Standard
20008 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
20023 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
20028 leaves the formula.
20029 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
20032 \begin_layout Itemize
20033 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
20036 \begin_layout Itemize
20037 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
20038 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
20041 \begin_layout Itemize
20042 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
20046 \begin_layout Itemize
20047 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
20058 \begin_layout Itemize
20059 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
20060 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
20063 , you can find it in the dialogs
20066 \begin_layout Section
20067 Brackets and decorations
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20071 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20072 For most purposes, using just the keys
20078 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
20079 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
20080 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
20086 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20087 reference "sec:math-panel"
20092 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20094 \begin_inset Formula \[
20095 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20097 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20101 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20103 \begin_inset Formula \[
20104 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20109 \begin_inset Formula \[
20110 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20114 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20115 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20129 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20130 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20131 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20132 clicking on the button.
20133 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20134 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20137 \begin_layout Standard
20138 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20139 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20140 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20141 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20145 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20147 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20153 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20157 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20161 for grouping, you should read
20162 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20163 reference "sec:Grouping"
20170 \begin_layout Section
20172 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20173 name "sec:Grouping"
20180 \begin_layout Standard
20181 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20182 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20193 \begin_layout Standard
20194 \begin_inset Formula \[
20195 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20202 \begin_layout Standard
20203 However, trying to type the
20207 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20208 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20215 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20216 The example directly above shows how this works.
20219 \begin_layout Section
20220 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20223 \begin_layout Standard
20224 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20230 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20231 number of rows/columns.
20232 Here is an example:
20233 \begin_inset Formula \[
20234 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20237 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20241 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20242 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20243 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20247 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20249 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20250 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20251 The specification is
20256 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20261 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20262 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20263 It will look like this:
20264 \begin_inset Formula \[
20266 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20267 column & has & has\, right\\
20268 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20280 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20286 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20298 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20308 \begin_layout Standard
20309 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20310 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20316 and commutative diagrams.
20317 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20322 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20331 \begin_layout Standard
20332 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20333 A formula will automatically switch to an
20339 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20347 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20348 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20355 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20356 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20363 Here is an example:
20364 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20366 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20370 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20377 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20382 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20383 everything in the left side of the line.
20384 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20385 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20390 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20391 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20392 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20393 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20406 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20409 \begin_layout Section
20410 Equation Numbering and Labels
20411 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20412 name "sec:math-label"
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20420 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20421 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20422 \begin_inset Formula \[
20427 into the numbered equation :
20428 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20429 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20440 menu, and select the
20449 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20450 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20451 care of re-numbering the equation.
20452 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20453 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20454 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20455 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20461 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20466 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20467 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20474 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20477 \begin_layout Standard
20478 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20479 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20483 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20484 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20486 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20487 reference "mathed:first-eqn"
20495 dialog, which you open using
20500 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20511 \begin_layout Standard
20512 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20513 lines are numbered separately.
20514 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20515 receive a label of #.
20516 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20518 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20519 reference "mathed:third-eqn"
20524 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20525 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20526 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20527 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20531 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20536 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20541 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20542 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20547 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20551 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20554 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20555 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20557 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20558 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20562 Note that the first equation in this set (
20563 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20564 reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
20568 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20571 reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
20575 ) is again labelled.
20579 \begin_layout Section
20580 User defined macros in math mode
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20585 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20586 the macro in blue (math color).
20587 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20588 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20590 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20591 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20594 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20595 written during export as LaTeX.
20596 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20597 macro's expansion on screen.
20598 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20599 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20600 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20603 \begin_layout Standard
20604 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20611 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20612 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20616 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20617 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20632 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20636 followed by the argument number:
20637 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20638 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20644 \begin_layout Standard
20645 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20646 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20651 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20658 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20665 \begin_layout Standard
20666 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20679 \begin_layout Subsection
20680 How to create macros
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20697 \begin_layout Standard
20700 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20734 math-macro macrowarg 1
20737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20752 math-macro-arg <number>
20755 \begin_layout Standard
20756 The argument mark in
20762 was introduced with
20763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20777 \begin_layout Standard
20778 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20779 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20780 can be edited only once.
20783 \begin_layout Subsection
20784 How to navigate in macros
20787 \begin_layout Description
20791 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20792 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20793 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20794 right side of the macro.
20797 \begin_layout Description
20800 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20801 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20804 \begin_layout Standard
20805 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20809 \begin_layout Section
20813 \begin_layout Subsection
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20819 The standard font for text is italic,
20820 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20823 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20824 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20825 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20830 \begin_inset Tabular
20831 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20835 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20855 <row topline="true">
20856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20866 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20877 \begin_layout Standard
20888 <row topline="true">
20889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20893 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20915 <row topline="true">
20916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20931 \begin_layout Standard
20942 <row topline="true">
20943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20946 \begin_layout Standard
20953 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20975 <row topline="true">
20976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20979 \begin_layout Standard
20980 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20991 \begin_layout Standard
21002 <row topline="true">
21003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21006 \begin_layout Standard
21007 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21029 <row topline="true">
21030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21033 \begin_layout Standard
21041 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21063 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21067 \begin_layout Standard
21068 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21098 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21099 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21105 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21106 style after one character.
21107 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21108 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21109 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21111 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21112 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21117 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21120 \begin_layout Standard
21121 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21123 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21126 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21127 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21139 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21141 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21144 \begin_layout Standard
21145 A number of other options are available as well, via
21150 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21155 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21162 \begin_layout Subsection
21166 \begin_layout Standard
21167 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21168 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21169 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21174 while already in math mode.
21175 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21176 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21177 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21181 \begin_layout Standard
21182 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21200 ) might have been a better choice
21205 , but it works for simple text.
21207 \begin_inset Formula \[
21208 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21209 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21210 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21217 \begin_layout Subsection
21221 \begin_layout Standard
21222 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21230 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21248 For most characters,
21256 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21257 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21262 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21263 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21265 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
21269 function in the minibuffer.
21270 For example, you can set
21271 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21278 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
21281 math-size displaystyle
21283 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
21285 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21289 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
21290 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
21292 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21295 ! This reflects a LaTeX
21296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21307 \begin_layout Standard
21314 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21315 Here are some text in the various styles:
21316 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21320 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21324 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21328 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21334 \begin_layout Standard
21335 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21336 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21338 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21339 will be adjusted to correspond.
21343 \begin_layout Standard
21347 Here is a paragraph in
21348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21355 font, with symbols:
21356 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21362 \begin_layout Standard
21363 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21367 \begin_layout Section
21371 \begin_layout Standard
21372 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21374 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21377 \begin_layout Subsection
21378 Enabling AMS-Support
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21387 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21394 dialog there is a checkbox,
21401 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21402 the facilities available.
21405 \begin_layout Subsection
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21410 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21411 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21412 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21420 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21421 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21422 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21423 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21425 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21428 \begin_layout Subsection
21432 \begin_layout Standard
21433 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21434 LyX allows you to choose between
21455 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21456 tion for the differences between these formula
21460 \begin_layout Chapter
21464 \begin_layout Section
21466 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21467 name "sec:crossref"
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21475 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21476 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21482 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21483 The other half is the
21487 proper, and it looks like this:
21488 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21489 reference "sec:crossref"
21494 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21496 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21497 case, the number of this section.
21498 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21499 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21500 reference "sec:crossref"
21505 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21506 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21508 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21509 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21513 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21521 \begin_layout Standard
21522 To insert a label, use
21529 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21535 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21536 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21537 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21540 \begin_layout Standard
21541 To insert a reference, select
21548 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21557 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21560 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21561 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21565 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21572 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21575 \begin_layout Standard
21576 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21585 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21588 \begin_layout Quote
21595 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21601 There were undefined references
21604 \begin_layout Standard
21605 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21608 \begin_layout Standard
21609 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21614 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21615 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21623 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21636 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21637 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21641 separately from the
21646 The same goes for all other section headings.
21649 \begin_layout Standard
21662 section headings and table and figure floats.
21663 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21664 you can't really use a
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21677 , but only if you use the
21687 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21688 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21693 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21699 Once again, the regular
21703 won't work very well.
21704 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21705 of the previous numbered section heading.
21711 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21712 reference "sec:figurefloats"
21717 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21718 reference "sec:table float"
21723 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21724 reference "sec:math-label"
21728 for details on using a
21732 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21736 \begin_layout Section
21737 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21740 \begin_layout Standard
21741 It is often desirable to include long
21742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21749 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21750 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21752 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21753 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21763 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21764 along automatically determined boundaries.
21767 \begin_layout Standard
21768 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21769 ike entity) simply select
21771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21778 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21786 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21787 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21789 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21790 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21798 \begin_layout Standard
21803 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21804 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21816 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21825 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21833 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21835 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21839 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21841 target "http://ctan.tug.org"
21846 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21850 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21852 http://ctan.tug.org
21855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21861 \begin_layout Standard
21864 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21880 \begin_layout Section
21881 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21882 \begin_inset OptArg
21885 \begin_layout Standard
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21896 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21897 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21898 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21901 \begin_layout Standard
21902 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21903 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21907 \begin_layout Standard
21908 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21912 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21918 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21919 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21920 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21925 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21930 This will insert a box (labelled
21931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21946 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21947 This also works for captions inside floats.
21950 \begin_layout Standard
21951 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21954 \begin_layout Section
21958 \begin_layout Standard
21959 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21961 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21962 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21963 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21964 This can be achieved with
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21976 the branches available within a particular document.
21977 This is done in the
21979 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21980 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21984 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21985 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21986 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21992 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21996 \begin_layout Standard
22005 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
22006 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
22007 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
22010 \begin_layout Standard
22011 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
22012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22019 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
22020 \begin_inset Note Note
22023 \begin_layout Standard
22024 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
22032 \begin_layout Section
22033 Previewing snippets of your document
22036 \begin_layout Standard
22037 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
22038 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
22039 to break your train of thought with
22044 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22052 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
22053 necessary software (see below) and select the
22065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22072 pulldown item in the
22077 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22085 (It can be found in the
22089 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22092 pane in the Qt frontend and the
22096 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22099 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
22100 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
22101 Previews of an already loaded document are
22105 generated just by selecting the
22119 \begin_layout Standard
22120 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22121 It will also generate previews of include insets or
22122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22137 check box in the inset's dialog.
22138 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22140 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22143 \begin_layout Standard
22144 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22145 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22146 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22150 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22153 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22165 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22176 \begin_layout Section
22177 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22180 \begin_layout Subsection
22181 Extra Horizontal Space
22182 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22190 \begin_layout Standard
22195 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22200 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22201 space between the left and right margins.
22202 If there is more than one
22206 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22210 \begin_layout Standard
22215 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22219 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22224 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22227 \begin_layout Standard
22234 can be inserted with
22239 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22240 Special\InsetSpace ~
22245 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22250 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22254 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22257 \begin_layout Quote
22259 This is on the left side
22261 This is on the right
22264 \begin_layout Quote
22273 \begin_layout Quote
22284 \begin_layout Standard
22285 That was an example in the
22292 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22293 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22297 sitting in-between the two
22298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22308 \begin_layout Standard
22309 Remember that we said that an
22313 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22314 than one set of margins on a line.
22315 Here's an example with the
22322 \begin_layout Labeling
22323 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22344 marks the beginning of the item.
22345 (There is actually a
22346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22357 inside of the label of the
22361 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22365 s work similarly in other
22366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22373 situations, like two-column mode.
22376 \begin_layout Subsection
22377 Extra Vertical Space
22378 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22379 name "sec:vertspace"
22386 \begin_layout Standard
22387 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22392 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22397 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22402 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22408 \begin_layout Standard
22409 We will not provide an example of a
22413 , as it would waste paper.
22414 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22418 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22419 If there are several
22423 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22424 You can therefore use
22428 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22432 \begin_layout Standard
22433 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22434 only added if you have also checked the option
22439 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22444 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22445 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22450 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22461 \begin_layout Subsection
22462 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22465 \begin_layout Standard
22466 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22471 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22476 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22480 There are four possibilities:
22483 \begin_layout Itemize
22492 \begin_layout Itemize
22501 \begin_layout Itemize
22510 \begin_layout Itemize
22519 \begin_layout Standard
22520 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22521 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22522 the left and right margins.
22523 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22528 This paragraph is right aligned,
22531 \begin_layout Standard
22533 this one is centered,
22536 \begin_layout Standard
22538 this one is left aligned.
22541 \begin_layout Standard
22542 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22547 \begin_layout Subsection
22548 Forcing Page Breaks
22549 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22550 name "sec:pagebreak"
22557 \begin_layout Standard
22558 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22559 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22560 In general, this will
22564 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22566 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22567 reference "sec:widows"
22574 \begin_layout Standard
22575 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22576 recommend not using it until the text is finished, and until you have checked
22577 in the preview to see if you
22581 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22587 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22592 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22595 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22599 \begin_layout Standard
22600 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22601 at the top of a page.
22602 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22603 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22604 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22605 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22607 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22608 reference "sec:figures"
22613 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22614 reference "sec:tables"
22625 \begin_layout Subsection
22629 \begin_layout Standard
22630 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22631 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22632 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22633 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22635 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22639 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22641 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22642 name "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
22649 \begin_layout Standard
22650 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22651 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22652 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22653 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22654 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22656 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22657 reference "sec:abbrev"
22662 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22663 In this case, insert one with
22668 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22669 Special\InsetSpace ~
22674 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22693 name "sec:protblank-lbreak-horline"
22697 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22698 line at that point.
22699 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22702 \begin_layout Quote
22703 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22709 \begin_layout Standard
22710 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22727 A protected space is set with
22732 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22733 Special\InsetSpace ~
22738 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22753 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22754 name "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22770 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22779 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22780 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22781 inside abbreviations:
22784 \begin_layout Quote
22785 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22787 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22788 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22792 \begin_layout Standard
22793 You can insert a thin space with
22798 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22799 Special\InsetSpace ~
22804 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22821 \begin_layout Standard
22822 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22823 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22828 To get them, just type
22830 space-insert <command>
22832 into the minibuffer, where
22836 is one of the following:
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22841 \begin_inset Tabular
22842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22847 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22851 \begin_layout Standard
22859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22862 \begin_layout Standard
22870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22873 \begin_layout Standard
22882 <row topline="true">
22883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22886 \begin_layout Standard
22894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22914 <row topline="true">
22915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22918 \begin_layout Standard
22926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22929 \begin_layout Standard
22936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22939 \begin_layout Standard
22946 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22950 \begin_layout Standard
22958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22978 <row bottomline="true">
22979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22982 \begin_layout Standard
22990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22993 \begin_layout Standard
23000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23010 <row bottomline="true">
23011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23035 \begin_layout Standard
23042 <row bottomline="true">
23043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23046 \begin_layout Standard
23054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23067 \begin_layout Standard
23074 <row bottomline="true">
23075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23078 \begin_layout Standard
23086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23089 \begin_layout Standard
23096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23106 <row bottomline="true">
23107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23121 \begin_layout Standard
23128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23145 \begin_layout Subsection
23149 \begin_layout Standard
23150 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23155 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23156 Special\InsetSpace ~
23161 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23173 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23178 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23180 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23181 reference "sec:pagebreak"
23186 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23187 set a linebreak, e.g.
23188 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23189 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23190 reference "sec:quote"
23195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23196 reference "sec:verse"
23201 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23202 reference "sec:adress_usage"
23209 \begin_layout Section
23211 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23212 name "sec:spellchecking"
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23220 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23221 Rather it uses the external
23225 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23230 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23235 \begin_layout Standard
23236 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23243 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23252 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23253 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23254 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23255 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23256 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23261 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23263 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23264 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23267 \begin_layout Subsection
23268 Spellchecker Options
23269 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23270 name "sec:spell_opt"
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23278 The following options can be set in the
23283 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23298 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23299 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23304 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23312 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23314 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23315 specifying a different
23316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23319 alternative language
23320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23331 , you may need to make a link from say
23339 or whatever applies for your language.
23340 This is because these
23344 files normally have the native language name (
23345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23356 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23357 with the LaTeX babel package (
23358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23368 \begin_layout Standard
23369 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23370 If you use a language with
23374 encoding and set the
23386 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23401 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23402 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23406 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23409 \begin_layout Standard
23412 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23415 \begin_layout Standard
23416 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23420 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23424 \begin_layout Standard
23425 There are four solutions to this problem.
23426 The easiest is to try the
23433 If that does not help, you can set
23444 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23445 The third is to add the
23449 option to your dictionary
23460 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23461 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23471 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23472 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23473 and ask him to solve your problem.
23476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23477 Personal dictionary
23480 \begin_layout Standard
23481 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23482 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23483 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23484 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23488 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23491 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23495 \begin_layout Standard
23501 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23504 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23507 \begin_layout Itemize
23513 ccept compound words
23517 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23530 \begin_layout Itemize
23540 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23543 This should not normally be needed.
23546 \begin_layout Subsection
23550 \begin_layout Standard
23551 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23552 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23553 for each occurrence of the word.
23554 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23555 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23558 \begin_layout Standard
23559 Unless you're using the
23563 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23565 This, does, however, work with
23569 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23572 \begin_layout Section
23573 International Support
23576 \begin_layout Standard
23577 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23578 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23579 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23580 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23582 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23583 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23584 default configuration.
23587 \begin_layout Standard
23588 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23589 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23590 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23591 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23593 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23594 reference "sec:langlay"
23598 for more information.
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23602 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23603 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23604 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23605 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23607 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23608 reference "sec:optkey"
23616 \begin_layout Standard
23617 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23618 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23619 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23620 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23621 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23622 one to support the characters you want.
23626 \begin_layout Standard
23627 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23631 beyond the scope of this manual.
23632 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23633 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23634 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23635 to your native tongue, please see the
23639 manual for details.
23642 \begin_layout Subsection
23644 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23658 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23665 dialog lets you set
23667 the language and character encoding for your language.
23671 \begin_layout Standard
23672 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23689 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23697 The default is U.S.
23699 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23700 The language name appears in the window.
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23706 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23715 \begin_layout Standard
23724 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23729 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23730 European languages.
23733 \begin_layout Subsection
23734 Keyboard mapping configuration
23735 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23743 \begin_layout Standard
23744 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23745 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23746 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23747 which one you want to use.
23750 \begin_layout Subsection
23752 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23763 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23764 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23773 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23779 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23781 That ain't the default.
23782 Nowhere near, in fact.
23783 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23791 \begin_layout Itemize
23792 Even if you've selected
23801 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23808 dialog, users who have only the
23812 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23816 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23817 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23818 french quotes won't show up.
23821 \begin_layout Itemize
23826 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23827 include the either the package
23835 in their documents.
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23841 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23842 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23843 reference "sec:quotes"
23847 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 \begin_inset Float table
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23863 \begin_inset Caption
23865 \begin_layout Standard
23866 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23867 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23883 \begin_layout Standard
23885 \begin_inset Tabular
23886 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23901 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23902 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23903 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23904 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23905 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23909 \begin_layout Standard
23915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23918 \begin_layout Standard
23933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23936 \begin_layout Standard
23951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23954 \begin_layout Standard
23969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23990 \begin_layout Standard
24005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24008 \begin_layout Standard
24023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24026 \begin_layout Standard
24041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24044 \begin_layout Standard
24059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24062 \begin_layout Standard
24077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24080 \begin_layout Standard
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24116 \begin_layout Standard
24131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24134 \begin_layout Standard
24149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24152 \begin_layout Standard
24167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24170 \begin_layout Standard
24185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24188 \begin_layout Standard
24204 <row topline="true">
24205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24208 \begin_layout Standard
24223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24226 \begin_layout Standard
24232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24253 \begin_layout Standard
24267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24287 \begin_layout Standard
24301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24433 \begin_layout Standard
24448 <row topline="true">
24449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24488 \begin_layout Standard
24502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24505 \begin_layout Standard
24519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24590 \begin_layout Standard
24596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24608 \begin_layout Standard
24622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24625 \begin_layout Standard
24639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24642 \begin_layout Standard
24656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24676 \begin_layout Standard
24690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24708 <row topline="true">
24709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24768 \begin_layout Standard
24782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24785 \begin_layout Standard
24799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24819 \begin_layout Standard
24833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24836 \begin_layout Standard
24850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24897 \begin_layout Standard
24911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24948 \begin_layout Standard
24963 <row topline="true">
24964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24994 \begin_layout Standard
25000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25003 \begin_layout Standard
25017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25037 \begin_layout Standard
25051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25054 \begin_layout Standard
25068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25088 \begin_layout Standard
25102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25157 \begin_layout Standard
25171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25223 <row topline="true">
25224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25227 \begin_layout Standard
25242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25254 \begin_layout Standard
25260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25280 \begin_layout Standard
25294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25314 \begin_layout Standard
25328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25365 \begin_layout Standard
25371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25475 <row topline="true">
25476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25549 \begin_layout Standard
25563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25644 \begin_layout Standard
25658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25661 \begin_layout Standard
25675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25712 \begin_layout Standard
25727 <row topline="true">
25728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25896 \begin_layout Standard
25910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25913 \begin_layout Standard
25927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25979 <row topline="true">
25980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25983 \begin_layout Standard
25998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26239 <row topline="true">
26240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26347 \begin_layout Standard
26361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26364 \begin_layout Standard
26378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26416 \begin_layout Standard
26430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26433 \begin_layout Standard
26447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26484 \begin_layout Standard
26499 <row topline="true">
26500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26556 \begin_layout Standard
26570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26573 \begin_layout Standard
26587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26607 \begin_layout Standard
26621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26624 \begin_layout Standard
26638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26676 \begin_layout Standard
26690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26727 \begin_layout Standard
26741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26759 <row topline="true">
26760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26799 \begin_layout Standard
26813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26816 \begin_layout Standard
26830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26833 \begin_layout Standard
26847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26850 \begin_layout Standard
26864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26867 \begin_layout Standard
26881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26919 \begin_layout Standard
26933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26987 \begin_layout Standard
27001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27004 \begin_layout Standard
27019 <row topline="true">
27020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27196 \begin_layout Standard
27210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27279 <row topline="true">
27280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27492 \begin_layout Standard
27506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27541 <row topline="true">
27542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27793 <row topline="true">
27794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27987 \begin_layout Standard
28001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28004 \begin_layout Standard
28018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28053 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28320 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28321 also the characters from
28333 \begin_layout Itemize
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28343 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28354 \begin_layout Standard
28355 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28372 \begin_layout Standard
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28388 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28394 is correct, S-M-macron.
28403 \begin_layout Itemize
28416 \begin_layout Standard
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28441 \begin_layout Standard
28442 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28443 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28457 \begin_layout Standard
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28466 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28467 Also make sure you're using the
28471 font-encoding and have the package
28475 with the definition file
28482 \begin_layout Chapter
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28487 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28488 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28492 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28493 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28494 to provide information:
28497 \begin_layout Itemize
28502 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28503 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28511 as some of us call it].
28514 \begin_layout Itemize
28517 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28519 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28523 \begin_layout Itemize
28528 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28529 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28532 \begin_layout Itemize
28537 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28540 \begin_layout Itemize
28543 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28545 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28551 \begin_layout Itemize
28552 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28554 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
28559 for help and answers to questions.
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28567 LyX Documentation Team,
28568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28571 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28572 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28575 \begin_layout Itemize
28584 \begin_layout Itemize
28585 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28600 \begin_layout Itemize
28601 General editing assistance.
28604 \begin_layout Itemize
28609 \begin_layout Itemize
28613 \begin_layout Itemize
28617 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 \begin_layout Itemize
28632 \begin_layout Itemize
28633 Primary contributor to
28638 \begin_layout Itemize
28639 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28645 \begin_layout Itemize
28654 \begin_layout Itemize
28655 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28670 \begin_layout Itemize
28671 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28677 \begin_layout Itemize
28684 \begin_layout Itemize
28685 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28691 \begin_layout Itemize
28700 \begin_layout Itemize
28701 Documentation of internationalization features in
28707 \begin_layout Itemize
28714 \begin_layout Itemize
28719 \begin_layout Itemize
28723 \begin_layout Itemize
28727 \begin_layout Itemize
28731 \begin_layout Itemize
28737 \begin_layout Itemize
28744 \begin_layout Itemize
28745 Primary contributor to
28751 \begin_layout Itemize
28758 \begin_layout Itemize
28763 \begin_layout Itemize
28767 \begin_layout Itemize
28768 using LaTeX from within LyX
28773 \begin_layout Itemize
28782 \begin_layout Itemize
28783 General organization and format of the documents.
28786 \begin_layout Itemize
28791 \begin_layout Itemize
28795 \begin_layout Itemize
28796 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28800 \begin_layout Itemize
28801 Also responsible for Introduction in
28806 \begin_layout Itemize
28807 Editor of the documents.
28808 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28813 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28817 \begin_layout Bibliography
28818 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28831 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28844 \begin_layout Standard
28854 \begin_layout Bibliography
28855 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28862 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28865 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28868 \begin_layout Bibliography
28869 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28870 key "latexcompanion"
28874 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28876 The LaTeX Companion.
28879 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28882 \begin_layout Bibliography
28883 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28893 \begin_layout Bibliography
28894 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem